SUPERIOR BANCORP
Table of Contents

 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
 
 
Form 10-K
 
     
(Mark One)    
þ
  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007
or
o
  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    For the transition period from                 to                
 
Commission file number 0-25033
 
SUPERIOR BANCORP
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
 
     
Delaware
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  63-1201350
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
     
17 North 20th Street
Birmingham, Alabama
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
  35203
(Zip Code)
 
(205) 327-1400
(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Common Stock, par value $.001 per share
(Titles of Class)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
NONE
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes o     No þ
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes o     No þ
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant:  (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes þ     No o
 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer or a non-accelerated filer.
 
Large accelerated filer  o Accelerated filer  þ Non-accelerated filer  o Smaller reporting company  o
                                                                                                    (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act.)  Yes o  No þ
 
The aggregate market value of the voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of March 11, 2008, based on a closing price of $5.24 per share of common stock, was $186,911,088.
 
Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant’s classes of common stock as of the latest practicable date: the number of shares outstanding as of March 4, 2008, of the registrant’s only issued and outstanding class of common stock, its $.001 per share par value common stock, was 40,211,230.
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
 
The information set forth under Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 of Part III of this Report is incorporated by reference from the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for its 2008 annual meeting of stockholders that will be filed no later than April 30, 2008.
 


 

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
                 
        Page
 
    2  
      Business     2  
      Risk Factors     13  
      Unresolved Staff Comments     15  
      Properties     15  
      Legal Proceedings     15  
      Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders     15  
       
PART II     16  
      Market for The Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities     16  
      Selected Financial Data     18  
      Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations     20  
      Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk     56  
      Financial Statements and Supplementary Data     56  
      Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure     113  
      Controls and Procedures     113  
      Other Information     115  
       
PART III     115  
      Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant     115  
 
Item 11.
    Executive Compensation     115  
 
Item 12.
    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters     115  
 
Item 13.
    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions     115  
 
Item 14.
    Principal Accounting Fees and Services     115  
       
PART IV     115  
      Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules     115  
    119  
 EX-4.14 INDENTURE DATED DECEMBER 15, 2005
 EX-4.15 PLACEMENT AGREEMENT DATED AS OF DECEMBER 7, 2005
 EX-4.16 GUARANTEE AGREEMENT DATED AS OF DECEMBER 15, 2005
 EX-4.17 AMENDED AND RESTATED DECLARATION OF TRUST
 EX-10.20 CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT DATED APRIL 1, 2002
 EX-10.21 CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT
 EX-21 SUBSIDIARIES OF SUPERIOR BANCORP
 EX-23.1 CONSENT OF GRANT THORNTON, LLP
 EX-23.2 CONSENT OF CARR, RIGGS AND INGRAM, LLC
 EX-31 SECTION 302, CERTIFICATIONS
 EX-32 SECTION 906, CERTIFICATIONS


Table of Contents

 
PART I
 
Item 1.   Business.
 
General
 
Superior Bancorp is a Delaware-chartered thrift holding company headquartered in Birmingham, Alabama. We offer a broad range of banking and related services in 72 locations in Alabama and Florida through Superior Bank, our principal subsidiary. Superior Bank’s consumer finance subsidiaries operate an additional 22 consumer finance offices in North Alabama. We had assets of approximately $2.885 billion, loans of approximately $2.017 billion, deposits of approximately $2.201 billion and stockholders’ equity of approximately $350 million at December 31, 2007. Our principal executive offices are located at 17 North 20th Street, Birmingham, Alabama 35203, and our telephone number is (205) 327-1400.
 
We were founded in 1997 and completed our initial public offering in December 1998. Beginning in the fall of 1998, we grew through the acquisition of various financial institutions in Alabama and Florida.
 
In January 2005, we began the transition from our founding management team to a new senior management team composed of veteran bankers with a strong track record and a history of enhancing stockholder value. During the remainder of 2005, we completed that management transition. In addition, in November 2005 we converted our principal subsidiary, Superior Bank, from an Alabama state-chartered bank to a federally chartered thrift regulated by the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”). We believe that this conversion allows us greater flexibility in our operations, as well as allowing Superior Bank to operate under a single regulatory system rather than the dual federal/state regulatory system that had been applicable.
 
During 2006 and 2007, we expanded our franchise with three strategic acquisitions. On August 31, 2006, we entered the Tampa, Florida market when we acquired Kensington Bankshares, Inc. (“Kensington”) and its subsidiary, First Kensington Bank. On November 7, 2006, we increased our market presence in North Alabama by acquiring Community Bancshares, Inc (“Community”) and its subsidiary, Community Bank. On July 27, 2007, we acquired People’s Community Bancshares, Inc. (“People’s”) and its subsidiary, People’s Community Bank of the West Coast, adding three branches in Sarasota and Manatee Counties in Florida to our franchise.
 
Strategy
 
Operations.  We focus our services on small- to medium-sized businesses, as well as professionals and individuals, emphasizing our local decision-making, effective response time and personalized service. As a result, we conduct our business on a decentralized basis with respect to deposit gathering and most credit decisions, utilizing local knowledge and authority to make these decisions. We supplement this decentralized management approach with centralized loan administration, policy oversight, credit review, audit, legal, asset/liability management, data processing, human resources and risk management systems. We implement these standardized administrative and operational policies at each of our locations while retaining local management and advisory directors to capitalize on their knowledge of the local community.
 
Products and Services.  Superior Bank provides a wide range of retail and small business services, including noninterest-bearing and interest-bearing checking, savings and money market accounts, negotiable order of withdrawal (“NOW”) accounts, certificates of deposit and individual retirement accounts. In addition, Superior Bank offers an extensive array of consumer, small business, residential real estate and commercial real estate loan products. Other financial services include annuities, automated teller machines, debit cards, credit-related life and disability insurance, safety deposit boxes, Internet banking, bill payment and telephone banking. Superior Bank attracts primary banking relationships through the customer-oriented service environment created by Superior Bank’s personnel combined with competitive financial products.
 
Superior Bank also owns two consumer finance companies, Superior Financial Services, LLC and 1st Community Credit Corporation and Superior Financial Management, Inc. which provides investment and insurance products. The finance companies generally provide smaller loans to a market segment traditionally not pursued by Superior Bank. These loans typically involve greater risk and generate higher yields than standard bank loans. We believe that, by conducting this business, we reach a customer base not served by our banking operations.


2


Table of Contents

Market Areas.  Superior Bancorp is headquartered in Birmingham, Alabama. Our primary markets are located in northern and central Alabama and in the panhandle and west coast of Florida.
 
Superior Bank has branches in:
 
             
Alabama(41)
 
Florida(31)
 
Albertville
Athens
Blountsville
Childersburg
Cullman
Elkmont
Frisco City
Gardendale
Gurley
Hamilton
Huntsville(3)
Meridianville
Mountain Brook
Oneonta(2)
Rainbow City
Samson
Sylacauga
Uniontown
  Andalusia
Birmingham(2)
Boaz
Cleveland
Decatur
Falkville
Gadsden
Guntersville
Haleyville
Hartselle
Madison
Monroeville
New Hope
Opp
Rogersville
Snead
Trussville
Warrior(2)
  Altha
Beverly Hills
Bradenton
Brooksville
Clearwater
Homosassa
Marianna
New Port Richey
Panama City Beach
Port St. Joe
Spring Hill
Tallahassee(2)
Venice
  Apalachicola
Blountstown
Bristol
Carrabelle
Dunnellon
Inverness
Mexico Beach
Palm Harbor
Port Richey
Sarasota
Sun City Center(4)
Tampa(2)
Wesley Chapel
 
In addition to our branches, we operate a loan production office in Montgomery, Alabama. Our finance company subsidiaries have 22 offices in Albertville, Arab, Attalla, Athens, Boaz, Cullman(2), Decatur, Fort Payne, Gadsden, Hartselle, Huntsville(3), Jasper (2), Moody, Northport, Oneonta, Oxford, Pell City and Talladega, Alabama.
 
Growth.  Our future growth depends primarily on the expansion of the business of our primary wholly owned subsidiary, Superior Bank. That expansion will depend on internal growth and the opening of new branch offices in new and existing markets. Superior Bank may also continue to engage in the strategic acquisition of other financial institutions and branches that have relatively high earnings and low-cost deposits or that we believe to have exceptional growth potential, such as the acquisitions completed in 2006 and 2007. Our ability to increase profitability and to grow internally depends primarily on our ability to attract and retain low-cost core deposits while continuing to generate high-yielding, quality loans. Our ability to grow profitably through the opening or acquisition of new branches will depend primarily on, among other things, our ability to identify growing markets and branch locations within such markets that will enable us to attract the necessary deposits to operate such branches profitably, and identify lending and investment opportunities within such markets.
 
We periodically evaluate business combination opportunities and conduct discussions, due diligence activities and negotiations in connection with those opportunities. As a result, we may pursue business combination transactions involving cash, debt or equity securities from time to time. Any future business combination or series of business combinations that we might undertake may be material to our business, financial condition or results of operations in terms of assets acquired or liabilities assumed. Any future acquisition is subject to approval by the appropriate regulatory agencies. See “Supervision and Regulation.”
 
Lending Activities
 
General.  We offer various lending services, including real estate, consumer and commercial loans, primarily to individuals and businesses and other organizations that are located in or conduct a substantial portion of their business in our market areas. Our total loans at December 31, 2007 were $2.017 billion, or 82.2% of total earning


3


Table of Contents

assets. The interest rates we charge on loans vary with the risk, maturity and amount of the loan and are subject to competitive pressures, money market rates, availability of funds and government regulations. We do not have any foreign loans or loans for highly leveraged transactions.
 
The lending activities of Superior Bank are subject to the written underwriting standards and loan origination procedures established by Superior Bank’s Board of Directors and management. Loan originations are obtained from a variety of sources, including referrals, existing customers, walk-in customers and advertising. Loan applications are initially processed by loan officers who have approval authority up to designated limits.
 
We use generally recognized loan underwriting criteria, and attempt to minimize credit losses through various means. In particular, on larger credits, we generally rely on the cash flow of a debtor as the primary source of repayment and secondarily on the value of the underlying collateral. In addition, we attempt to utilize shorter loan terms in order to reduce the risk of a decline in the value of such collateral. As of December 31, 2007, approximately 78.9% of our loan portfolio consisted of loans that had variable interest rates or matured within one year.
 
We address repayment risks by adhering to internal credit policies and procedures that include officer and customer lending limits, a multi-layered loan approval process that includes senior management of Superior Bank and Superior Bancorp for larger loans, periodic documentation examination and follow-up procedures for any exceptions to credit policies. The level in our loan approval process at which a loan is approved depends on the size of the borrower’s overall credit relationship with Superior Bank.
 
Loan Portfolio
 
The following is a summary of our total loan portfolio as of December 31, 2007 (dollars in thousands):
 
                 
    Amount     Percent  
 
Commercial and industrial
  $ 183,013       9.07 %
Real estate:
               
Construction and land development
               
Residential development — Alabama
    192,133       9.52 %
                                             — Florida
    195,460       9.68 %
                                             — Other
    7,929       0.39 %
                 
Total residential development
    395,522       19.60 %
                 
Commercial development — Alabama
    60,407       2.99 %
                                              — Florida
    162,286       8.04 %
                                              — Other
    12,521       0.62 %
                 
Total commercial development
    235,214       11.65 %
                 
Other development
    34,567       1.71 %
                 
Total construction and land development
    665,303       32.96 %
                 
Single-family mortgages
    540,277       26.77 %
Nonresidential mortgages
    575,146       28.50 %
                 
Total real estate portfolio
    1,780,726       88.23 %
                 
Consumer
    53,377       2.64 %
Other
    1,235       0.06 %
                 
Total loans
  $ 2,018,351       100.00 %
                 
 
Our loan portfolio is our largest earning asset category totaling $2,017 billion, net of unearned income as of December 31, 2007. Loans secured by both residential and commercial real estate are a significant component of our loan portfolio, constituting $1.781 billion, or 88.2% of total loans, at December 31, 2007.


4


Table of Contents

Single-Family Mortgage Loans.  At December 31, 2007, $540.3 million, or 26.8% of our total loan portfolio, consisted of single-family mortgage loans. Single-family mortgage loans are loans that are traditionally secured by first or second liens on the primary residences of individuals. First liens are centrally underwritten by our mortgage department with strict adherence to Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”) and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”) secondary market specifications, where applicable, to ensure marketability. Loans outside these guidelines are held in-portfolio but maintain conservative underwriting standards as well. At December 31, 2007, single-family mortgage loans secured by first liens accounted for $432 million, or 21% of total loans. Home equity products totaled $108 million, or 5% of total loans. Home equity products are also centrally underwritten with strict adherence to internal loan policy guidelines to ensure that borrowers have appropriate credit ratings and capacity to repay and that adequate collateral or loan-to-value (“LTV”) is obtained.
 
Nonresidential Mortgage Loans.  Nonresidential mortgage loans include commercial and industrial loans that are secured by real estate. At December 31, 2007, $575.2 million, or 28.5% of our total loan portfolio, consisted of these loans. Our commercial real estate loans primarily provide financing for income-producing properties such as shopping centers, multi-family complexes and office buildings and for owner-occupied properties (primarily light industrial facilities and office buildings). These loans are underwritten with LTV ratios ranging, on average, from 65% to 85% based upon the type of property being financed and the financial strength of the borrower. For owner-occupied commercial buildings, we underwrite the financial capability of the owner, with an 85% maximum LTV ratio. For income-producing improved real estate, we underwrite based on the strength of the leases, especially those of any anchor tenants, with minimum debt service coverage of 1.2:1 and an 85% maximum LTV ratio. While evaluation of collateral is an essential part of the underwriting process for these loans, repayment ability is determined from analysis of the borrower’s earnings and cash flow. Terms are typically 3 to 5 years and may have payments through the date of maturity based on a 15- to 30-year amortization schedule. As of December 31, 2007, owner-occupied properties comprised approximately 6%, or $127 million, of total loans of which $58 million were located in Florida and the remaining amount located primarily in Alabama. Non-owner occupied properties are primarily in the office and retail sectors and totaled approximately $84 million, or 15% of nonresidential mortgage loans, and $41 million, or 7% of nonresidential mortgage loans, respectively at December 31, 2007. Geographically, 77% of the office sector and 74% of the retail sector were located in Florida, with the remaining portfolio in Alabama.
 
Construction and Land Development Loans.  We make loans to finance the construction of and improvements to single-family and multi-family housing and commercial structures as well as loans for land development. At December 31, 2007, $665.3 million, or 33.0% of our total loan portfolio, consisted of such loans. Approximately $631 million, or 95%, of construction and land development loans can be categorized as commercial, where the borrower is not an individual consumer. Within this portfolio, approximately $396 million, or 63%, was related to residential development and construction. Of the residential construction loans, 49% were located in Florida. The largest category in the residential development and construction portfolio is related to development of single-family lots and single-family lots held by experienced, licensed builders for the future construction of single-family homes. This category represents approximately $158 million, or 40%, of this portfolio. Geographically, approximately 57% of this portfolio was located in Florida with the remainder located in Alabama.
 
Single-family spec home construction loans represented approximately $53 million, or 14% of the total residential development and construction loan portfolio, with over 72% of these loans located in Alabama, primarily in the Huntsville and Birmingham markets, which have proven to be relatively stable. For single-family spec home construction loans, management closely monitors the aging of the builders’ spec home inventories to ensure turnover and to enable management to look for early signs of weakness within our markets. Spec homes that are 100% complete and remain in inventory for over nine months are considered aged spec homes. As of December 31, 2007, approximately $3.8 million (17 homes with a $227,000 average loan balance), or 7%, fell into this aged category.
 
For construction loans related to income-producing properties, the underwriting criteria are the same as outlined in the preceding section “Nonresidential Mortgage Loans”. Loans for this category accounted for $235 million, or 35% of the total commercial construction and land development loans. Geographically, approximately 69% of this total category was located in Florida, with the remaining loans located primarily in Alabama. The three largest sectors within this category were retail, hotel/motel and office buildings which collectively


5


Table of Contents

accounted for approximately $131 million, or 56% or the total commercial construction loans. Individually, the retail construction loans accounted for the largest sector, with approximately $56 million (24%), office building loans accounted for approximately $43 million (18%), and hotel/motel construction loans accounted for approximately $32 million (14%) of the total commercial construction. Approximately 73% of these three sectors were located in Florida, with the remainder primarily located in Alabama.
 
For construction and land development loans, we underwrite based on the financial strength and reputation of the builder, factoring in the general state of the economy and interest rates and the location of the home, with an 85% maximum loan-to-value ratio. This conservative approach to underwriting is further demonstrated by the overall performance of this category. For construction loans related to income-producing properties, the underwriting criteria are the same as outlined in the preceding paragraph.
 
Commercial and Industrial Loans.  We make loans for commercial purposes in various lines of business. These loans are typically made on terms up to five years at fixed or variable rates and are secured by eligible accounts receivable, inventory or equipment. We attempt to reduce our credit risk on commercial loans by limiting the loan to value ratio to 80% on loans secured by eligible accounts receivable, 50% on loans secured by inventory and 75% on loans secured by equipment. Commercial and industrial loans comprised approximately $183.0 million, or 9.1% of our loan portfolio, at December 31, 2007. We also, from time to time, make unsecured commercial loans.
 
Consumer Loans.  Our consumer portfolio includes installment loans to individuals in our market areas and consists primarily of loans to purchase automobiles, recreational vehicles, mobile homes and consumer goods. Consumer loans comprised approximately $53.4 million, or 2.6% of our loan portfolio, at December 31, 2007. Consumer loans are underwritten based on the borrower’s income, current debt, credit history and collateral. Terms generally range from one to six years on automobile loans and one to three years on other consumer loans.
 
Credit Review and Procedures
 
There are credit risks associated with making any loan. These include repayment risks, risks resulting from uncertainties in the future value of collateral, risks resulting from changes in economic and industry conditions and risks inherent in dealing with individual borrowers. In particular, longer maturities increase the risk that economic conditions will change and adversely affect collectibility.
 
We have a loan review process designed to promote early identification of credit quality problems. We employ a risk rating system that assigns to each loan a rating that corresponds to the perceived credit risk. Risk ratings are subject to independent review by a centralized loan review department, which also performs ongoing, independent review of the risk management process, including underwriting, documentation and collateral control. Regular reports are made to senior management and the Board of Directors regarding credit quality as measured by assigned risk ratings and other measures, including, but not limited to, the level of past due percentages and nonperforming assets. The loan review function is centralized and independent of the lending function.
 
Deposits
 
At December 31, 2007, our deposits totaled $2.201 billion which consisted of approximately 90% in direct customer deposits and 5% of wholesale money market deposits and 5% of brokered certificates of deposits. Core deposits are our principal source of funds, constituting approximately 71.8% of our total deposits as of December 31, 2007. Core deposits consist of demand deposits, interest-bearing transaction accounts, savings deposits and certificates of deposit (excluding certificates of deposits over $100,000). Transaction accounts include checking, money market and NOW accounts that provide Superior Bank with a source of fee income and cross-marketing opportunities, as well as a low-cost source of funds. Time and savings accounts also provide a relatively stable and low-cost source of funding. The largest source of funds for Superior Bank is certificates of deposit. Certificates of deposit in excess of $100,000 are approximately $620.7 million, or 28.2% of our deposits, of which, approximately $119 million consist of wholesale, or “brokered,” certificates of deposits, at December 31, 2007.
 
Our other primary source of funds is advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”). These advances are secured by FHLB stock, agency securities and a blanket lien on certain residential and commercial real estate


6


Table of Contents

loans. We also have available unused federal funds lines of credit with regional banks, subject to certain restrictions and collateral requirements.
 
Deposit rates are set periodically by our internal Asset/Liability Management Committee, which includes certain members of senior management. We believe our rates are competitive with those offered by competing institutions in our market areas.
 
Competition
 
The banking industry is highly competitive, and our profitability depends principally upon our ability to compete in our market areas. In our market areas, we face competition from both super-regional banks and smaller community banks, as well as non-bank financial services companies. We encounter strong competition both in making loans and attracting deposits. However, over the past two years, either through foreign investment in local banks, mergers of equals or sales of competitors to large regional banks, the competitive landscape has changed in our markets. Superior Bank is now the third largest bank headquartered in Alabama and the largest community bank in Alabama. We fully anticipate being the beneficiary of the chaos these changes have brought and will bring to the affected organizations in our markets. Competition among financial institutions is based upon interest rates offered on deposit accounts, interest rates charged on loans and other credit and service charges. Customers also consider the quality and scope of the services rendered, the convenience of banking facilities and, in the case of loans to commercial borrowers, relative lending limits. Customers may also take into account the fact that other banks offer different services. Many of the large super-regional banks against which we compete have significantly greater lending limits and may offer additional products; however, we believe we have been able to compete effectively with other financial institutions, regardless of their size, by emphasizing customer service and by providing a wide array of services. In addition, most of our non-bank competitors are not subject to the same extensive federal regulations that govern bank holding companies and federally insured banks. See “Supervision and Regulation.” Competition may further intensify if additional financial services companies enter markets in which we conduct business.
 
Employees
 
As of December 31, 2007, we employed approximately 790 full-time equivalent employees, primarily at Superior Bank. We believe that our employee relations have been and continue to be good.
 
Supervision and Regulation
 
General.  Superior Bancorp, as a unitary savings and loan holding company, and Superior Bank, as a federal savings bank, are required by federal law to report to, and otherwise comply with the rules and regulations of, the OTS. We are subject to extensive regulation, examination and supervision by the OTS, as our primary federal regulator, and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”), as the deposit insurer. We are a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank System and, with respect to deposit insurance, of the Deposit Insurance Fund managed by the FDIC. We must file periodic reports with the OTS and the FDIC concerning our activities and financial condition in addition to obtaining regulatory approvals prior to entering into certain transactions such as mergers with, or acquisitions of, other financial institutions. The OTS conducts periodic examinations to test our safety and soundness and compliance with various regulatory requirements. This regulation and supervision establishes a comprehensive framework of activities in which a thrift can engage and is intended primarily for the protection of the insurance fund and depositors. The regulatory structure also gives the regulatory authorities extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities and examination policies, including policies with respect to the classification of assets and the establishment of adequate loan loss reserves for regulatory purposes. Any change in such regulatory requirements and policies, whether by the OTS, the FDIC or Congress, could have a material adverse impact on us and our operations. Certain regulatory requirements applicable to us are referred to below or elsewhere herein. The description of statutory provisions and regulations applicable to thrifts and their holding companies set forth below does not purport to be a complete description of such statutes and regulations and their effects on us and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the actual laws and regulations.


7


Table of Contents

Holding Company Regulation.  We are a nondiversified unitary savings and loan holding company within the meaning of such terms under federal law. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 provides that no company may acquire control of a savings institution after May 4, 1999, unless it engages only in the financial activities permitted for financial holding companies under the law or for multiple savings and loan holding companies as described below. Further, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act specifies that certain savings and loan holding companies may only engage in such activities. Since we became a savings and loan holding company in 2005, we are limited to such activities. Upon any non-supervisory acquisition by us of another savings institution or savings bank that meets the qualified thrift lender test and is deemed to be a savings institution by the OTS, we would become a multiple savings and loan holding company (if the acquired institution is held as a separate subsidiary) and would generally be limited to activities permissible for bank holding companies under Section 4(c)(8) of the Bank Holding Company Act, subject to the prior approval of the OTS, and certain activities authorized by the OTS’ regulation. However, the OTS has issued an interpretation concluding that the multiple savings and loan holding companies may also engage in activities permitted for financial holding companies.
 
A savings and loan holding company is prohibited from directly or indirectly acquiring more than 5% of the voting stock of another financial institution or savings and loan holding company without prior written approval of the OTS and from acquiring or retaining control of a depository institution that is not insured by the FDIC. In evaluating applications by holding companies to acquire other institutions, the OTS considers, among other things, the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the institutions involved, the effect of the acquisition on the risk to the deposit insurance funds, the convenience and needs of the community and competitive factors.
 
Subject to certain exceptions, the OTS may not approve any acquisition that would result in a multiple savings and loan holding company’s controlling savings institutions in more than one state.
 
Although savings and loan holding companies are not currently subject to specific capital requirements or specific restrictions on the payment of dividends or other capital distributions, federal regulations prescribe such restrictions on subsidiary savings institutions, as described below. Superior Bank must notify the OTS before declaring any dividend to Superior Bancorp. In addition, the financial impact of a holding company on its subsidiary institution is a matter that is evaluated by the OTS, and the OTS has authority to order cessation of activities or divestiture of subsidiaries deemed to pose a threat to the safety and soundness of the institution.
 
Change in Bank Control Act.  Under the Federal Change in Bank Control Act, a notice must be submitted to the OTS if any person, or group acting in concert, seeks to acquire “control” of a savings and loan holding company or a savings association. A change of control may occur, and prior notice may be required, upon the acquisition of more than 10% of our outstanding voting stock, unless the OTS has found that the acquisition will not result in a change of control of Superior Bancorp. Under the Change in Bank Control Act, the OTS generally has 60 days from the filing of a complete notice to act, taking into consideration certain factors, including the financial and managerial resources of the acquirer and the anti-trust effects of the acquisition.
 
Regulation of Business Activities.  The activities of thrifts are governed by federal laws and regulations. These laws and regulations delineate the nature and extent of the activities in which thrifts may engage. In particular, certain lending authority for thrifts, that is, commercial loans, non-residential real property loans and consumer loans, is limited to a specified percentage of the institution’s capital or assets.
 
Capital Requirements.  The OTS capital regulations require savings institutions to meet three minimum capital standards: a 1.5% tangible capital to total assets ratio, a 4% leverage ratio (3% for institutions receiving the highest rating on the regulatory examination rating system) and an 8% risk-based capital ratio. In addition, the prompt corrective action standards discussed below also establish, in effect, a minimum 2% tangible capital standard, a 4% leverage ratio (3% for institutions receiving the highest examination rating), and, together with the risk-based capital standard itself, a 4% Tier 1 risk-based capital standard.
 
The risk-based capital standard for savings institutions requires the maintenance of ratios of Tier 1 (core) and total capital (which is defined as core capital and supplementary capital) to risk-weighted assets of at least 4% and 8%, respectively. In determining the amount of risk-weighted assets, all assets, including certain off-balance sheet assets, recourse obligations, residual interests and direct credit substitutes, are multiplied by a risk-weight factor of 0% to 100%, assigned by the OTS capital regulation based on the risks believed inherent in the type of asset. Core


8


Table of Contents

(Tier 1) capital includes, among other things, common stockholders’ equity (including retained earnings), certain noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and related surplus, and minority interests in equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries. The components of supplementary capital currently include, among other things, cumulative perpetual preferred stock, mandatory convertible securities, and the allowance for loan and lease losses limited to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets. Overall, the amount of supplementary capital included as part of total capital cannot exceed 100% of core capital.
 
The OTS also has authority to establish minimum capital requirements in appropriate cases upon a determination that an institution’s capital level is or may become inadequate in light of the particular circumstances. At December 31, 2007, Superior Bank met each of its capital requirements.
 
Prompt Corrective Regulatory Action.  The OTS is required to take certain supervisory actions against undercapitalized institutions, the severity of which depends upon the institution’s degree of undercapitalization. Generally, a savings institution that has a ratio of total capital to risk weighted assets of less than 8%, a ratio of Tier 1 (core) capital to risk-weighted assets of less than 4% or a ratio of core capital to total assets of less than 4% (less than 3% for institutions with the highest examination rating) is considered to be “undercapitalized.” A savings institution that has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6%, a Tier 1 capital ratio of less than 3% or a leverage ratio that is less than 3% is considered to be “significantly undercapitalized”, and a savings institution that has a tangible capital to assets ratio equal to or less than 2% is deemed to be “critically undercapitalized.” Subject to a narrow exception, the OTS is required to appoint a receiver or conservator within specified time frames for an institution that is “critically undercapitalized.” The regulation also provides that a capital restoration plan must be filed with the OTS within 45 days of the date a savings institution receives notice that it is “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” or “critically undercapitalized.” Compliance with the plan must be guaranteed by any parent holding company. In addition, numerous mandatory supervisory actions become immediately applicable to an undercapitalized institution, including, but not limited to, increased monitoring by regulators and restrictions on growth, capital distributions and expansion. The OTS could also take any one of a number of discretionary supervisory actions, including the issuance of a capital directive and the replacement of senior executive officers and directors.
 
Insurance of Deposit Accounts.  Superior Bank is a member of the Deposit Insurance Fund of the FDIC. The FDIC maintains a risk-based assessment system by which institutions are assigned to one of four categories based upon a combination of their capitalization and examination ratings. An institution’s assessment depends upon the category to which it is assigned. An institution assigned to the category with the lowest risk also has certain financial ratios taken into account in determining assessment rates, unless it is a large institution with at least one long-term debt issuer rating, in which case the rating will be taken into account in determining its assessment rate. Assessment rates for Deposit Insurance Fund members currently range from five basis points for the healthiest institutions to 43 basis points of assessable deposits for the riskiest. The FDIC has the authority to increase insurance assessments. A significant increase in Deposit Insurance Fund insurance premiums would likely have an adverse effect on the operating expenses and results of operations of Superior Bank. Management cannot predict what insurance assessment rates will be in the future.
 
In addition to the assessment for deposit insurance, institutions are required to make payments on bonds issued in the late 1980s by the Financing Corporation to recapitalize the predecessor to the Savings Association Insurance Fund. During fiscal year 2007, Financing Corporation payments for Savings Association Insurance Fund members approximated 1.18 basis points of assessable deposits.
 
Deposit insurance may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC or the OTS. We do not know of any practice, condition or violation that might lead to termination of deposit insurance.
 
Loans to One Borrower.  Federal law provides that savings institutions are generally subject to the limits on loans to one borrower applicable to national banks. Generally, subject to certain exceptions, a savings institution may not make a loan or extend credit to a single or related group of borrowers in excess of 15% of its unimpaired capital and surplus. An additional amount may be lent, equal to 10% of unimpaired capital and surplus, if secured by specified readily-marketable collateral.


9


Table of Contents

QTL Test.  Federal law requires savings institutions to meet a qualified thrift lender test. Under the test, a savings association is required to either qualify as a “domestic building and loan association” under the Internal Revenue Code or maintain at least 65% of its “portfolio assets” (total assets less: (i) specified liquid assets up to 20% of total assets; (ii) intangibles, including goodwill; and (iii) the value of property used to conduct business) in certain “qualified thrift investments” (primarily residential mortgages and related investments, including certain mortgage-backed securities) in at least nine months out of each 12-month period.
 
A savings institution that fails the qualified thrift lender test is subject to certain operating restrictions and may be required to convert to a bank charter. As of December 31, 2007, Superior Bank met the qualified thrift lender test. Recent legislation has expanded the extent to which education loans, credit card loans and small business loans may be considered “qualified thrift investments.”
 
Limitations on Capital Distributions.  The OTS regulations impose limitations upon all capital distributions by a savings institution, including cash dividends, payments to repurchase its shares and payments to shareholders of another institution in a cash-out merger. Under the regulations, an application to and prior approval of the OTS is required prior to any capital distribution if the institution does not meet the criteria for “expedited treatment” of applications under the OTS regulations, the total capital distributions (including the proposed capital distribution) for the calendar year exceed net income for that year plus the amount of retained net income for the preceding two years, the institution would be undercapitalized following the distribution or the distribution would otherwise be contrary to a statute, regulation or agreement with the OTS. If an application is not required, the institution must still provide prior notice to the OTS of the capital distribution if, like Superior Bank, it is a subsidiary of a holding company. In the event Superior Bank’s capital fell below its regulatory requirements or the OTS notified it that it was in need of increased supervision, Superior Bank’s ability to make capital distributions could be restricted. In addition, the OTS could prohibit a proposed capital distribution by any institution, which would otherwise be permitted by the regulation, if the OTS determines that such distribution would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice.
 
Transactions with Related Parties.  Superior Bank’s authority to engage in transactions with “affiliates” (i.e., any company that controls or is under common control with Superior Bank, including Superior Bancorp and its non-savings institution subsidiaries) is limited by federal law. The aggregate amount of covered transactions with any individual affiliate is limited to 10% of the capital and surplus of the savings institution. The aggregate amount of covered transactions with all affiliates is limited to 20% of a savings institution’s capital and surplus. Certain transactions with affiliates are required to be secured by collateral in an amount and of a type described in federal law. The purchase of low quality assets from affiliates is generally prohibited. The transactions with affiliates must be on terms and under circumstances that are at least as favorable to the institution as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with non-affiliated companies. In addition, savings institutions are prohibited from lending to any affiliate that is engaged in activities that are not permissible for bank holding companies, and no savings institution may purchase the securities of any affiliate other than a subsidiary.
 
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 generally prohibits loans by public companies to their executive officers and directors. However, that act contains a specific exception for loans by a financial institution, such as Superior Bank, to its executive officers and directors that are made in compliance with federal banking laws. Under such laws, Superior Bank’s authority to extend credit to executive officers, directors and 10% shareholders (“insiders”), as well as entities such persons control, is limited. The law limits both the individual and aggregate amount of loans Superior Bank may make to insiders based, in part, on Superior Bank’s capital position and requires certain board approval procedures to be followed. Such loans are required to be made on terms substantially the same as those offered to unaffiliated individuals and not involve more than the normal risk of repayment. There is an exception for loans made pursuant to a benefit or compensation program that is widely available to all employees of the institution and does not give preference to insiders over other employees.
 
Standards for Safety and Soundness.  The federal banking agencies have adopted Interagency Guidelines prescribing Standards for Safety and Soundness. These guidelines set forth the safety and soundness standards that the federal banking agencies use to identify and address problems at insured depository institutions before capital becomes impaired. If the OTS determines that a savings institution fails to meet any standard prescribed by the


10


Table of Contents

guidelines, the OTS may require the institution to submit an acceptable plan to achieve compliance with the standard.
 
Enforcement.  The OTS has primary enforcement responsibility over savings institutions and has the authority to bring actions against the institution and all institution-affiliated parties, including stockholders, and any attorneys, appraisers and accountants who knowingly or recklessly participate in wrongful action likely to have an adverse effect on an insured institution. Formal enforcement action may range from the issuance of a capital directive or cease and desist order to removal of officers and/or directors to institution of receivership, conservatorship or termination of deposit insurance. Civil money penalties cover a wide range of violations and can amount to $5,000 per day, or even $1 million per day in especially egregious cases. In addition, the FDIC has the authority to recommend to the Director of the OTS that enforcement action be taken with respect to a particular savings institution. If action is not taken by the Director, the FDIC has authority to take such action under certain circumstances. Federal law also establishes criminal penalties for certain violations.
 
Federal Home Loan Bank System.  Superior Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank System, which consists of 12 regional Federal Home Loan Banks. The Federal Home Loan Bank System provides a central credit facility primarily for member institutions. Superior Bank, as a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank System, is required to acquire and hold shares of capital stock in the applicable FHLB (Atlanta) in an amount at least equal to 1.0% of the aggregate principal amount of its unpaid residential mortgage loans and similar obligations at the beginning of each year, or 1/20 of its advances (borrowings) from the applicable FHLB, whichever is greater. Superior Bank was in compliance with this requirement at December 31, 2007, with an investment in FHLB stock of $14.9 million.
 
Federal Reserve System.  The Federal Reserve Board regulations require savings institutions to maintain non-interest earning reserves against their transaction accounts (primarily NOW and regular checking accounts). The regulations generally provide that reserves be maintained against aggregate transaction accounts as follows: a 3% reserve ratio is assessed on net transaction accounts up to and including $45.8 million; a 10% reserve ratio is applied above $45.8 million. The first $8.5 million of otherwise reservable balances (subject to adjustments by the Federal Reserve Board) are exempted from the reserve requirements. These amounts are adjusted annually. Superior Bank complies with the foregoing requirements.
 
Community Reinvestment Act.  Superior Bank is subject to the CRA. The CRA and the regulations issued thereunder are intended to encourage financial institutions to help meet the credit needs of their service areas, including low and moderate income neighborhoods, consistent with the safe and sound operations of the financial institutions. These regulations also provide for regulatory assessment of an institution’s record in meeting the needs of its service area when considering applications to establish branches, merger applications, applications to engage in new activities and applications to acquire the assets and assume the liabilities of another institution. The Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989 (“FIRREA”) requires federal banking agencies to make public a rating of an institution’s performance under the CRA. In the case of a holding company involved in a proposed transaction, the CRA performance records of the banks involved are reviewed by federal banking agencies in connection with the filing of an application to acquire ownership or control of shares or assets of a bank or thrift or to merge with any other bank holding company. An unsatisfactory record can substantially delay or block the transaction. Superior Bank maintains a satisfactory CRA rating.
 
Confidentiality of Customer Information.  Federal laws and regulations, including the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, require that financial institutions take certain steps to protect the security and confidentiality of customers’ non-public personal information. Among other things, these regulations restrict the ability of financial institutions to share non-public customer information with non-affiliated third parties and require financial institutions to provide customers with information about their privacy policies. Superior Bank has procedures in place that are intended to comply with these requirements.
 
Bank Secrecy Act.  Superior Bancorp and Superior Bank are subject to the federal Bank Secrecy Act of 1970, as amended, which establishes requirements for recordkeeping and reporting by banks and other financial institutions designed to help identify the source, volume and movement of currency and monetary instruments into and out of the United States in order to help detect and prevent money laundering and other illegal activities. The Bank Secrecy Act requires financial institutions to develop and maintain a program reasonably designed to


11


Table of Contents

ensure and monitor compliance with its requirements, to train employees in such program, and to test the effectiveness of such program. Any failure to meet the requirements of the Bank Secrecy Act can involve substantial penalties and adverse regulatory action. We have adopted policies and procedures intended to comply with the requirements of the Bank Secrecy Act.
 
USA Patriot Act.  On October 26, 2001, President Bush signed into law the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (the “USA Patriot Act”), which, among other things, amends the Bank Secrecy Act. The USA Patriot Act strengthened the ability of the U.S. government to detect and prosecute international money laundering and the financing of terrorism. Among its provisions, the USA Patriot Act requires that regulated financial institutions: (i) establish an anti-money laundering program that includes training and audit components; (ii) comply with regulations regarding the verification of the identity of any person seeking to open an account; (iii) take additional required precautions with non-U.S. owned accounts; and (iv) perform certain verification and certification of money laundering risk for any foreign correspondent banking relationships. We have adopted policies, procedures and controls to address compliance with the requirements of the USA Patriot Act under the existing regulations and will continue to revise and update our policies, procedures and controls to reflect changes required by the USA Patriot Act and implementing regulations.
 
Consumer Laws and Regulations.  In addition to the laws and regulations discussed herein, Superior Bank is also subject to certain consumer laws and regulations that are designed to protect consumers in transactions with banks. While the list set forth herein is not exhaustive, these laws and regulations include the Truth in Lending Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Electronic Funds Transfer Act, the Expedited Funds Availability Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act and the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, among others. These laws and regulations mandate certain disclosure requirements and regulate the manner in which financial institutions must deal with customers when taking deposits from, making loans to, or engaging in other types of transactions with, such customers.
 
Instability of Regulatory Structure
 
Various bills are routinely introduced in the United States Congress and state legislatures with respect to the regulation of financial institutions. Some of these proposals, if adopted, could significantly change the regulation of banks and the financial services industry. We cannot predict whether any of these proposals will be adopted or, if adopted, how these proposals would affect us.
 
Effect on Economic Environment
 
The policies of regulatory authorities, especially the monetary policy of the Federal Reserve Board, have a significant effect on the operating results of savings and loan holding companies and their subsidiaries. Among the means available to the Federal Reserve Board to affect the money supply are open market operations in U.S. Government securities, changes in the discount rate on member bank borrowings and changes in reserve requirements against member bank deposits. These means are used in varying combinations to influence overall growth and distribution of bank loans, investments and deposits, and their use may affect interest rates charged on loans or paid for deposits.
 
Federal Reserve Board monetary policies have materially affected the operating results of commercial banks and thrifts in the past and are expected to continue to do so in the future. The nature of future monetary policies and the effect of such policies on our business and earnings cannot be predicted.
 
Available Information
 
We maintain an Internet website at www.superiorbank.com. We make available free of charge through our website various reports that we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to these reports. These reports are made available as soon as reasonably practicable after these reports are filed with, or furnished to, the Securities and Exchange Commission. From our home page at www.superiorbank.com, go to and click on “Investor Relations” and click on “SEC Filings” to access these reports.


12


Table of Contents

Code of Ethics
 
We have adopted a code of ethics that applies to all of our employees, including our principal executive, financial and accounting officers. A copy of our code of ethics is available on our website. We intend to disclose information about any amendments to, or waivers from, our code of ethics that are required to be disclosed under applicable Securities and Exchange Commission regulations by providing appropriate information on our website. If at any time our code of ethics is not available on our website, we will provide a copy of it free of charge upon written request.
 
Item 1A.   Risk Factors.
 
Our business, and an investment in our securities, involves risks. The following summary describes factors we believe are material risks relating to our business and to the ownership of our securities. Our discussion of these risks contains forward-looking statements, and our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated by such forward-looking statements. In addition, financial condition and results of operations, and the market price of our common stock, may be substantially affected by other risks, including risks we have not identified or that we may believe are immaterial or unlikely. This summary does not purport to describe all risks that might possibly affect our business, financial condition or results of operations or the market price of our common stock.
 
Risks Relating To Our Business
 
If the interest payments we make on our deposits increase relative to our interest income, we may be less profitable.  Our profitability depends to a large extent on Superior Bank’s net interest income, which is the difference between income from interest-earning assets, such as loans we make and investment securities we hold, and interest we pay on deposits and our own borrowings. Our net interest income is affected not only by actions we take, but by changes in general interest rate levels and by other economic factors beyond our control. Our net interest income may be reduced if (i) more interest-earning assets than interest-bearing liabilities reprice or mature at a time when interest rates are declining, or (ii) more interest-bearing liabilities than interest-earning assets reprice or mature at a time when interest rates are rising.
 
In addition, we may be affected by changes in the difference between short- and long-term interest rates. For example, short-term deposits may be used to support longer-term loans. If the difference between short-and long-term interest rates becomes smaller, the spread between the rates we pay on deposits and borrowings and the rates we receive on loans we make could narrow significantly, decreasing our net interest income.
 
Further, if market interest rates rise rapidly, interest rate adjustment caps may limit our ability to increase interest rates on adjustable-rate mortgage loans, but we may have to pay higher interest rates on deposits and borrowings. This could cause our net interest income to decrease.
 
An increase in loan prepayments may adversely affect our profitability.  The rate at which borrowers prepay loans is dependent on a number of factors outside our control, including changes in market interest rates, conditions in the housing and financial markets and general economic conditions. We cannot always accurately predict prepayment rates. If the prepayment rates with respect to our loans are greater than we anticipate, there may be a negative impact on our profitability because we may not be able to reinvest prepayment proceeds at rates comparable to those we received on the prepaid loans, particularly in a time of falling interest rates.
 
If our allowance for loan losses is inadequate, our profitability will be reduced.  We are exposed to the risk that our customers will be unable to repay their loans in accordance with their terms and that any collateral securing such loans will be insufficient to ensure full repayment. Such credit risk is inherent in the lending business, and our failure to adequately assess such credit risk could have material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. We evaluate the collectability of our loan portfolio and review our evaluation on a regular basis, and we provide an allowance for loan losses that we believe is adequate based on various factors that we believe may affect the credit quality of our loans. However, there can be no assurance that actual loan losses will not exceed the allowance that we have established, as such allowance is adjusted from time to time.


13


Table of Contents

If our allowance for loan losses is inadequate for the actual losses we experience, there could be a material adverse effect on our results of operations. In addition, if as a result of our perception of adverse trends, we materially increase our allowance for loan losses in the future, such increase would also reduce our earnings.
 
Events in our geographic markets could adversely affect us.  Our business is concentrated in six geographic regions in Alabama and Florida. Any adverse changes in market or economic conditions in Florida and Alabama may increase the risk that our customers will be unable to make their loan payments. In addition, the market value of the real estate securing loans as collateral could be adversely affected by unfavorable changes in local market conditions and general economic conditions. Any period of increased payment delinquencies, foreclosures or losses caused by adverse market or economic conditions in general or in our markets in Florida and Alabama could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
 
With most of our loans concentrated in a small number of markets, a decline in local economic conditions could adversely affect the values of our real estate collateral. Thus, a decline in local economic conditions may have a greater effect on our earnings and capital than on the earnings and capital of larger financial institutions whose real estate loan portfolios are more geographically diverse.
 
In addition, natural disasters, such as hurricanes and tornados, in our markets could adversely affect our business. The occurrence of such natural disasters in our markets could result in a decline in the value or destruction of mortgaged properties and in an increase in the risk of delinquencies, foreclosures or losses on these loans and may impact our customers’ ability to repay loans.
 
We face substantial competition.  There are numerous competitors in our geographic markets, including national, regional and local banks and thrifts and other financial services businesses, some of which have substantially greater resources, higher brand visibility and a wider geographic presence than we have. Some of these competitors may offer a greater range of services, more favorable pricing and greater customer convenience than we are able to. In addition, in some of our markets, there are a significant number of new banks and other financial institutions that have opened in the recent past or are expected to open in the near future, and such new competitors may also seek to exploit our markets and customer base. If we are unable to maintain and grow our market share in the face of such competition, our results of operations will be adversely affected.
 
We are subject to extensive regulation.  Our operations are subject to regulation by the Office of Thrift Supervision and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. We are also subject to applicable regulations of the Federal Home Loan Bank. Regulation by these entities is intended primarily for the protection of our depositors and the deposit insurance fund and not for the benefit of our stockholders. We may incur substantial costs in complying with such regulations, and our failure to comply with them may expose us to substantial penalties.
 
In addition, we are subject to numerous consumer protection laws and other laws relating to the operation of financial institutions. Our failure to comply with such laws could expose us to liability, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
 
We may require additional capital to fund our growth plans.  Our business strategy includes the expansion of our business through the development of new locations and through the acquisition of other financial institutions and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, complementary businesses as appropriate opportunities arise. In order to finance such growth and to maintain required regulatory capital levels, we may require additional capital in the future. There can be no assurance that such capital will be available upon favorable terms, or at all.
 
We are dependent upon the services of our management team.  Our operations and strategy are directed by our senior management team, most of whom have joined Superior Bancorp since January 2005. Any loss of the services of members of our management team could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and our ability to implement our business strategy.
 
Risks Related To an Investment in Our Common Stock
 
Superior Bancorp’s stock price may be volatile due to limited trading volume and general market conditions.  Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Market. However, the average daily trading volume in our common stock is relatively small, typically under 60,000 shares per day and sometimes less. With the increased number of outstanding shares due to acquisitions in 2006 and 2007, our average daily trading volume increased to


14


Table of Contents

approximately 171,000 shares per day. Notwithstanding this increase, trades involving a relatively small number of shares may have a significant effect on the market price of our common stock, and it may be difficult for investors to acquire or dispose of large blocks of stock without significantly affecting the market price.
 
In addition, market fluctuations, industry factors, general economic conditions and political events, including as economic slowdowns or recessions, interest rate changes or market trends, also could cause our stock price to decrease regardless of our operating results of operations.
 
Our ability to pay dividends is limited.  Our ability to pay dividends is limited by regulatory requirements and the need to maintain sufficient consolidated capital to meet the capital needs of our business, including capital needs related to future growth. Our primary source of income is the payment of dividends from Superior Bank to us. Superior Bank, in turn, is likewise subject to regulatory requirements potentially limiting its ability to pay such dividends to us and by the need to maintain sufficient capital for its operations and obligations. Further, we are obligated, subject to regulatory limitations, to make periodic distributions on our trust preferred securities, which reduces the income that might otherwise be available to pay dividends on our common stock. Thus, there can be no assurance that we will pay dividends to our common stockholders, no assurance as to the amount or timing of any such dividends, and no assurance that such dividends, if and when paid, will be maintained, at the same level or at all, in future periods.
 
Use of our common stock for future acquisitions or to raise capital may be dilutive to existing stockholders.  When we determine that appropriate strategic opportunities exist, we may acquire other financial institutions and related businesses, subject to applicable regulatory requirements. We may use our common stock for such acquisitions. From time to time, we may also seek to raise capital through selling additional common stock. It is possible that the issuance of additional common stock in such acquisition or capital transactions may be dilutive to the interests of our existing stockholders.
 
Item 1B.   Unresolved Staff Comments.
 
Not applicable.
 
Item 2.   Properties.
 
Our headquarters are located at 17 North 20th Street, Birmingham, Alabama. As of December 21, 1999, Superior Bancorp and Superior Bank, who jointly owned the building, converted the building into condominiums known as The Bank Condominiums. Superior Bancorp and Superior Bank collectively own 13 condominium units. This space includes a branch of Superior Bank, various administrative offices, operations facilities and our headquarters. Twelve units are owned by third parties. We have leased or are pursuing the lease or sale of certain units (or parts thereof) not currently needed for our operations.
 
We operate through facilities at 93 locations. We own 52 of these facilities and lease 41 of these facilities. Rental expense on the leased properties totaled approximately $2,109,000 in 2007.
 
Item 3.   Legal Proceedings.
 
While we are a party to various legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business, we believe that there are no proceedings threatened or pending against us at this time that will individually, or in the aggregate, materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. We believe that we have strong claims and defenses in each lawsuit in which we are involved. While we believe that we will prevail in each lawsuit, there can be no assurance that the outcome of the pending, or any future, litigation, either individually or in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on our business, our financial condition or our results of operations.
 
Item 4.   Submission Of Matters To A Vote Of Security Holders.
 
None


15


Table of Contents

 
PART II
 
Item 5.   Market For The Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.
 
Market for Common Stock
 
Our common stock trades on NASDAQ Global Market under the ticker symbol “SUPR.” As of December 31, 2007, there were approximately 2,753 record holders of our common stock. The following table sets forth, for the calendar periods indicated, the range of high and low reported sales prices:
 
                 
    High   Low
 
2006
               
First Quarter
  $ 11.94     $ 10.70  
Second Quarter
    11.87       10.71  
Third Quarter
    11.93       10.54  
Fourth Quarter
    11.89       10.39  
2007
               
First Quarter
  $ 11.87     $ 10.57  
Second Quarter
    10.99       9.64  
Third Quarter
    10.43       8.10  
Fourth Quarter
    9.35       5.00  
2008
               
First Quarter (through March 11, 2008)
  $ 6.06     $ 4.25  
 
On March 11, 2008, the last reported sale price for the common stock was $5.24 per share.
 
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
 
We announced in October 2007, that the Board of Directors approved the purchase of an additional $1.0 million shares of our outstanding common stock beginning on or after November 2, 2007.
 
We repurchased 182,000 shares of our issued and outstanding common stock during the fourth quarter of 2007 pursuant to this program.
 
                                 
            Total Number of
  Maximum Number
            Shares Purchased as
  of Shares That
            Part of Publicly
  May Yet be
    Total Number of
  Average Price
  Announced Plans or
  Purchased Under
Period
  Shares Purchased   Paid Per Share   Programs   the Plans or Programs
 
November 2007
    152,000     $ 6.88       152,000        
December 2007
    30,000       5.28       30,000       818,000  
 
Dividends
 
We paid dividends on our preferred stock aggregating $4.92 per preferred share in 2005. All of our preferred stock was converted into common stock effective June 30, 2005.
 
Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends when and if declared by our board of directors. We derive cash available to pay dividends primarily, if not entirely, from dividends paid to us by our subsidiaries. There are certain restrictions that limit Superior Bank’s ability to pay dividends to us and, in turn, our ability to pay dividends. The restrictions that may limit our ability to pay dividends are discussed in this Report in Item 1 under the heading “Supervision and Regulation — Limitations on Capital Distributions.” Our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders will depend on our earnings and financial condition, liquidity and capital requirements, the general economic and regulatory climate, our ability to service any equity or debt obligations senior to our common stock and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. We do not currently pay dividends on our common stock, but expect to evaluate our common stock dividend policy from time to time as circumstances indicate, subject to applicable regulatory restrictions.


16


Table of Contents

Equity Compensation Plan Information
 
The information required to be provided under Item 201(d) of Regulation S-K is incorporated by reference to the information provided under the caption “Executive Compensation and Other Information” included in our definitive proxy statement to be filed not later than April 30, 2008, in connection with our 2008 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.


17


Table of Contents

Performance Graph
 
The performance graph below compares our cumulative shareholder return on our common stock over the last five fiscal years to the cumulative total return of the NASDAQ Composite Index and the NASDAQ Financial Index. Our cumulative shareholder return over a five-year period is based on an initial investment of $100 on December 31, 2002.
 
(GRAPH)
 
                                                 
    Period Ending
  Index   12/31/02   12/31/03   12/31/04   12/31/05   12/31/06   12/31/07
Superior Bancorp
    100.00       109.54       106.06       147.04       146.13       69.20  
                                                 
NASDAQ Composite
    100.00       150.01       162.89       165.13       180.85       198.60  
                                                 
NASDAQ Financial
    100.00       131.16       151.20       154.76       176.94       210.99  
                                                 
SNL Southeast Thrift Index
    100.00       151.65       179.27       163.14       191.73       82.56  
                                                 
SNL Southeast Bank Index
    100.00       125.58       148.92       152.44       178.75       134.65  
                                                 
 
SNL Southeast Thrift : Includes all Major Exchange (NYSE, AMEX, NASDAQ) Thrifts in SNL’s coverage universe headquartered in AL, AR, FL, GA, MS, NC, SC, TN, VA, WV.
 
SNL Southeast Bank : Includes all Major Exchange (NYSE, AMEX, NASDAQ) Banks in SNL’s coverage universe headquartered in AL, AR, FL, GA, MS, NC, SC, TN, VA, WV.
 
Item 6.   Selected Financial Data.
 
The following table sets forth selected financial data from our consolidated financial statements and should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements including the related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” The selected historical financial data as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2007 is derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included in this Form 10-K. See “Item 8. Superior Bancorp and Subsidiaries Consolidated Financial Statements.”
 


18


Table of Contents

                                         
    As of and For The Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  
    (Amounts in thousands, except per share data)  
 
Selected Statement of Financial Condition Data:
                                       
Total assets
  $ 2,885,425     $ 2,440,990     $ 1,415,469     $ 1,423,128     $ 1,171,626  
Loans, net of unearned income
    2,017,011       1,639,528       963,253       934,868       856,941  
Allowance for loan losses
    22,868       18,892       12,011       12,543       25,174  
Investment securities
    361,171       354,716       242,595       288,308       141,601  
Deposits
    2,200,611       1,870,841       1,043,695       1,067,206       889,935  
Advances from FHLB and other borrowings
    222,828       211,255       214,496       205,546       131,919  
Notes payable
    9,500       5,545       3,755       3,965       1,925  
Junior subordinated debentures owed to unconsolidated trusts
    53,744       44,006       31,959       31,959       31,959  
Stockholders’ equity
    350,042       276,087       105,065       100,539       100,122  
Selected Statement of Income Data:
                                       
Interest income
  $ 171,929     $ 108,777     $ 77,280     $ 66,160     $ 76,213  
Interest expense
    96,767       61,383       38,255       28,123       33,487  
                                         
Net interest income
    75,162       47,394       39,025       38,037       42,726  
Provision for loan losses
    4,541       2,500       3,500       975       20,975  
Noninterest income
    19,357       11,811       9,583       10,527       14,592  
Gain on sale of branches
                      739       48,264  
Insurance proceeds
                5,114              
Management separation costs
          265       15,467              
Noninterest expense
    78,223       49,520       45,153       47,937       57,930  
                                         
Income (loss) before income taxes (benefit)
    11,755       6,920       (10,398 )     391       26,677  
Income tax expense (benefit)
    4,134       1,923       (4,612 )     (796 )     9,178  
                                         
Net income (loss)
    7,621       4,997       (5,786 )     1,187       17,499  
Preferred stock dividends
                305       446       219  
Effect of early conversion of preferred stock
                2,006              
                                         
Net income (loss) applicable to common stockholders
  $ 7,621     $ 4,997     $ (8,097 )   $ 741     $ 17,280  
                                         
Per Share Data:
                                       
Net income (loss) — basic
  $ 0.21     $ 0.21     $ (0.42 )   $ 0.04     $ 0.99  
— diluted(1)
  $ 0.20     $ 0.21     $ (0.42 )   $ 0.04     $ 0.95  
Weighted average shares outstanding — basic
    36,974       23,409       19,154       17,583       17,492  
Weighted average shares outstanding — diluted(1)
    37,332       24,034       19,154       17,815       18,137  
Book value at period end
  $ 8.73     $ 7.97     $ 5.21     $ 5.31     $ 5.31  
Tangible book value per share
  $ 4.05     $ 4.23     $ 4.61     $ 4.62     $ 4.59  
Preferred shares outstanding at period end
                      62       62  
Common shares outstanding at period end
    40,108       34,652       20,172       17,750       17,695  
Performance Ratios and Other Data:
                                       
Return on average assets
    0.29 %     0.30 %     (0.41 )%     0.09 %     1.29 %
Return on average tangible assets
    0.31       0.30       N/A       N/A       N/A  
Return on average stockholders’ equity
    2.47       3.55       (5.68 )     1.18       19.08  
Return on average tangible equity
    4.91       4.89       N/A       N/A       N/A  
Net interest margin(2)(3)
    3.37       3.17       3.14       3.31       3.50  
Net interest spread(3)(4)
    3.04       2.93       3.00       3.20       3.35  
Noninterest income to average assets(5)
    0.67       0.66       0.77       0.82       1.03  
Noninterest expense to average assets(6)
    2.83       2.84       3.14       3.52       4.07  
Efficiency ratio(7)
    79.48       81.46       87.99       91.72       100.09  
Average loan to average deposit ratio
    92.80       93.12       88.82       92.16       100.69  
Average interest-earning assets to average interest bearing liabilities
    107.54       106.01       104.58       104.88       105.82  
Assets Quality Ratios:
                                       
Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans
    90.31 %     219.88 %     252.76 %     169.36 %     78.59 %
Allowance for loan losses to loans, net of unearned income
    1.13       1.15       1.25       1.34       2.94  
Nonperforming assets (“NPAs”) to loans plus NPAs, net of unearned income
    1.47       0.63       0.68       1.32       4.41  
NPAs to total assets
    1.03       0.43       0.47       0.87       3.25  
Net loan charge-offs to average loans
    0.24       0.20       0.43       1.52       2.21  
Net loan charge-offs as a percentage of:
                                       
Provision for loan losses
    94.30       92.64       115.20       1,395.49       111.87  
Allowance for loan losses
    18.72       12.26       33.57       108.47       93.21  
 
 
(1)- Common stock equivalents of 775,000 and 1,002,000 shares were not included in computing diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively, because their effects were antidilutive.
(2)- Net interest income divided by average earning assets.
(3)- Calculated on a taxable equivalent basis.
(4)- Yield on average interest-earning assets less rate on average interest-bearing liabilities.
(5)- Noninterest income has been adjusted for certain nonrecurring items such as gain on sale of branches, insurance proceeds, change in fair value of derivatives and investment security gains (losses).
(6)- Noninterest expense has been adjusted for certain nonrecurring items such as loss on sale of assets and management separation costs.
(7)- Efficiency ratio is calculated by dividing noninterest expense, adjusted for management separation costs, losses on other real estate and the loss on sale of assets, by noninterest income, adjusted for gain on sale of branches, insurance proceeds, changes in fair values of derivatives and investment security gains (losses), plus net interest income on a fully taxable equivalent basis.

19


Table of Contents

Item 7.   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation.
 
General
 
The entire banking industry is operating in an adverse environment relative to maximizing short-term performance. Factors such as the challenging point in the credit cycle, housing market softness, gloomy media coverage, weakened consumer confidence and dramatic Federal Reserve rate reductions provide a stiff headwind going into 2008. We continue to adapt to these factors while remaining focused on taking the right actions that should ultimately result in enhanced shareholder value.
 
The following is a narrative discussion and analysis of significant changes in our results of operations and financial condition. This discussion should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and selected financial data included elsewhere in this document.
 
Overview
 
Our principal subsidiary is Superior Bank (the “Bank”), which has, since November 1, 2005, been chartered as a federal savings bank. Prior to that date, Superior Bank operated as an Alabama state bank. The Bank is headquartered in Birmingham, Alabama and operates 72 banking offices and one loan production office throughout the states of Alabama and Florida. Other subsidiaries include SFS, LLC, an Alabama limited liability company (“SFS”), Superior Financial Services, LLC, an Alabama limited liability company (“Superior Financial”), 1st Community Credit Corporation, an Alabama corporation (“Community Credit”), Superior Financial Management, Inc., an Alabama corporation, Community (AL) Capital Trust I, a Delaware trust, TBC Capital Statutory Trust II (“TBC Capital II”), a Connecticut statutory trust, Superior Capital Trust I (“Superior Capital I”), a Delaware business trust, Peoples Community Statutory Trust I (“Peoples Trust I”) and Morris Avenue Management Group, Inc. (“MAMG”), an Alabama corporation, all of which are wholly owned. SFS was formed to acquire tax lien certificates. Superior Financial and Community Credit provide consumer finance services through 22 offices primarily in North Alabama and Superior Financial Management, Inc. provides investment related services. Community (AL) Capital Trust I, TBC Capital II, Superior Capital I and Peoples Trust I are unconsolidated special purpose entities formed solely to issue cumulative trust preferred securities. MAMG is a real estate management company that manages our headquarters, our branch facilities and certain other real estate owned by the Bank.
 
On July 27, 2007, we merged with People’s Community Bancshares, Inc. (“People’s”). People’s was the holding company for People’s Community Bank of the West Coast, a Florida state bank with three branches in Sarasota and Manatee Counties in Florida. People’s had total assets of approximately $321 million, total loans of approximately $259 million and total deposits of approximately $245 million. During the third quarter of 2006, we merged with Kensington Bankshares, Inc. of Tampa, Florida (“Kensington”) and in the fourth quarter of 2006, we merged with Community Bancshares, Inc. of Blountsville, Alabama (“Community”). Kensington and Community had combined loans of approximately $470 million and deposits of approximately $700 million.
 
In furtherance of our de novo branch strategy, 17 of 20 planned new branches have been opened since September 2006 in key Alabama and Florida markets attributing approximately $162 million of core deposits as of December 31, 2007. For the fourth quarter and year ended December 31, 2007, noninterest expense associated with the new branches was $1.0 and $3.0 million, respectively, or an approximate 2% premium on deposits. Three Alabama branches are scheduled to open before the end of the third quarter of 2008. Upon completion, the Bank will have invested approximately $25 to $30 million toward its de novo branch expansion program.
 
Our primary source of revenue is net interest income, which is the difference between income earned on interest-earning assets, such as loans and investments, and interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. Our results of operations are also affected by the provision for loan losses and other noninterest expenses such as salaries and benefits, occupancy expenses and provision for income taxes. The effects of these noninterest expenses are partially offset by noninterest sources of revenue such as service charges and fees on deposit accounts and mortgage banking income. Our volume of business is influenced by competition in our markets and overall economic conditions including such factors as market interest rates, business spending and consumer confidence.


20


Table of Contents

During 2007, our net interest income increased by 58.6%, primarily due to an increase in average interest-earning assets. The increase in our interest-earning assets resulted primarily from an overall increase in the average volume of our loan portfolio. During 2007, we continued our strategy of realigning our loan and deposit mix, primarily through our acquisitions.
 
Service charges and fees were up 61.9% in 2007 from 2006 due to an increase in our customer base and adjustments for fee structures to market rates. Mortgage banking income increased 28.8% in 2007 due to an increase in the volume of mortgage loan originations throughout the year.
 
Total noninterest expenses increased from 2006 to 2007 primarily due to our acquisitions and branch expansion which resulted in higher personnel costs and occupancy expenses. All other noninterest expenses remained relatively stable in 2007 compared to 2006.
 
Our nonperforming assets have increased during 2007 as a result of weaknesses in the residential construction and mortgage loan portfolios. Management has increased its allocation of allowance for loan losses related to these sectors of our loan portfolio. The Bank is fortunate to have senior bankers who have experienced several previous challenging credit cycles. As with the first year of any credit cycle, nonperforming loans, past due loans and charged-off loans will increase. The level of deterioration is dependent on the quality of loan underwriting and risk pricing used during the loan’s origination several years ago. If underwriting and pricing is done properly, the level of credit quality deterioration will be mild.
 
Management reviews the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses on a quarterly basis. The provision for loan losses represents the amount determined by management necessary to maintain the allowance for loan losses at a level capable of absorbing inherent losses in the loan portfolio. (See “Critical Accounting Estimates” below.) For 2007, our provision for loan losses totaled $4.5 million and our net charge-offs totaled $4.3 million. As of December 31, 2007, our allowance for loan losses was $22.9 million, or 1.13% of loans, net of unearned income.
 
Critical Accounting Estimates
 
In preparing financial information, management is required to make significant estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses for the periods shown. The accounting principles we follow and the methods of applying these principles conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and to general banking practices. Our most significant estimates and assumptions are related primarily to our allowance for loan losses, income taxes and goodwill impairment and are summarized in the following discussion and in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.
 
Allowance for Loan Losses
 
Management’s determination of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, which is based on the factors and risk identification procedures discussed in the following pages, requires the use of judgments and estimates that may change in the future. Changes in the factors used by management to determine the adequacy of the allowance or the availability of new information could cause the allowance for loan losses to be increased or decreased in future periods. In addition, our regulators, as part of their examination process, may require that additions or reductions be made to the allowance for loan losses based on their judgments and estimates.
 
Income Taxes
 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on temporary differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to reverse. These calculations are based on many complex factors, including estimates of the timing of reversals of temporary differences, the interpretation of federal and state income tax laws, and a determination of the differences between the tax and the financial reporting basis of assets and liabilities. Actual results could differ significantly from the estimates and interpretations used in determining the current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities.
 
Our determination of the realization of deferred tax assets (net of valuation allowances) is based upon management’s judgment of various future events and uncertainties, including future reversals of existing taxable


21


Table of Contents

temporary differences, the timing and amount of future income earned by our subsidiaries and the implementation of various tax planning strategies to maximize realization of the deferred tax assets. A portion of the amount of the deferred tax asset that can be realized in any year is subject to certain statutory federal income tax limitations. We believe that our subsidiaries will be able to generate sufficient operating earnings to realize the deferred tax benefits. We evaluate quarterly the realizability of the deferred tax assets and, if necessary, adjust any valuation allowance accordingly.
 
In July 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes (“FIN 48”). This interpretation clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in a company’s financial statements in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes. Specifically, the pronouncement prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The interpretation also provides guidance on the related recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting for interim periods, disclosure and transition of uncertain tax positions. The interpretation was effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. We adopted FIN 48 on January 1, 2007 (see Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements).
 
Acquisitions
 
We recorded the assets and liabilities of People’s, Kensington and Community at their estimated fair values. Arriving at these fair values required numerous assumptions regarding the economic life of assets, decay rates for liabilities and other factors. We engaged a third party to assist us in valuing certain of the financial assets and liabilities of People’s, Kensington and Community. We also engaged a real estate appraisal firm to value the more significant properties that we acquired in the acquisitions. As a result, we consider the values we have assigned to the acquired assets and liabilities of People’s, Kensington and Community to be reasonable and consistent with the application of generally accepted accounting principles.
 
Long-lived assets, including purchased intangible assets subject to amortization, such as our core deposit intangible asset, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. Assets to be disposed of would be separately presented in the balance sheet and reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell, and are no longer depreciated.
 
Goodwill and intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives are tested annually for impairment, and are tested for impairment more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. An impairment loss is recognized to the extent that the carrying amount exceeds the asset’s fair value. Our annual assessment date is December 31. Should we determine in a future period that the goodwill recorded in connection with our acquisitions has become impaired, then a charge to our earnings will be recorded in the period such determination is made.


22


Table of Contents

Results of Operations
 
Earnings.  Net income decreased $155,000, or 7.6%, to $1.90 million for the three months ended December 31, 2007 (fourth quarter of 2007), from $2.06 million for the three months ended December 31, 2006 (fourth quarter of 2006). Net income increased $2.62 million, or 52.5%, to $7.62 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, from $5.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. The following table presents key earnings data for the periods indicated:
 
                                 
    Three Months
    Year
 
    Ended December 31,     Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2007     2006  
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)  
 
Superior Bancorp and Subsidiaries
                               
Net income
  $ 1,904     $ 2,059     $ 7,621     $ 4,997  
Net income per common share (diluted)
    0.05       0.06       0.20       0.21  
Net interest margin
    3.20 %     3.34 %     3.37 %     3.17 %
Net interest spread
    2.88       3.01       3.04       2.93  
Return on average assets
    0.26       0.37       0.29       0.30  
Return on average stockholders’ equity
    2.16       3.71       2.47       3.55  
Return on average tangible equity
    4.66       6.52       4.91       4.89  
Book value per share
  $ 8.73     $ 7.97     $ 8.73     $ 7.97  
Tangible book value per share
    4.05       4.23       4.05       4.23  
Banking Subsidiary, Superior Bank
                               
Net income
  $ 2,329     $ 3,884     $ 12,473     $ 9,156  
Return on average assets
    0.32 %     0.68 %     0.48 %     0.55 %
Return on average stockholders’ equity
    2.36       6.64       3.63       5.85  
Return on average tangible equity
    4.50       11.23       6.54       7.78  
 
Net income decreased during the fourth quarter of 2007 compared to 2006. This decrease is primarily attributable to an increase in the provision for loan losses. The increase in our net income during the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to year ended December 31, 2006 is primarily the result of an increase in net interest income and noninterest income offset by an increase in noninterest expenses. The increase in each of these components is primarily attributable to our de novo branch strategy and our acquisitions of People’s in the third quarter of 2007, and Kensington and Community in the third and fourth quarters, respectively, of 2006.


23


Table of Contents

Net Interest Income.  The largest component of our net income is net interest income, which is the difference between the income earned on interest-earning assets and interest paid on deposits and borrowings. Net interest income is determined by the rates earned on our interest-earning assets, rates paid on our interest-bearing liabilities, the relative amounts of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, the degree of mismatch and the maturity and repricing characteristics of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets represents our net interest margin. The following table summarizes the changes in the components of net interest income for the periods indicated:
 
                                                 
    Increase (Decrease) in  
    Fourth Quarter
    Year Ended December 31,
 
    2007 vs. 2006     2007 vs. 2006  
    Average
    Income/
    Yield/
    Average
    Income/
    Yield/
 
    Balance     Expense     Rate     Balance     Expense     Rate  
                (Dollars in thousands)              
 
ASSETS
Interest-earning assets:
                                               
Loans, net of unearned income
  $ 545,413     $ 9,978       (0.22 )%   $ 662,185     $ 57,784       0.31 %
Investment securities
                                               
Taxable
    (5,051 )     131       0.24       64,862       4,180       0.30  
Tax-exempt
    21,494       361       0.54       11,575       770       0.43  
                                                 
Total investment securities
    16,443       492       0.31       76,437       4,950       0.33  
Federal funds sold
    (18,110 )     (244 )     (0.53 )     (2,128 )     (99 )     0.12  
Other investments
    1,761       (106 )     (1.08 )     10,385       779       0.36  
                                                 
Total interest -earning assets
  $ 545,507       10,120       (0.03 )   $ 746,879       63,414       0.40  
                                                 
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                                               
Demand deposits
  $ 192,738       1,769       0.05     $ 208,863       8,934       0.36  
Savings deposits
    11,752       187       1.04       22,684       641       0.98  
Time deposits
    280,020       4,374       0.34       407,155       23,581       0.44  
Other borrowings
    16,770       (55 )     (0.41 )     20,812       1,368       0.13  
Subordinated debentures
    18,347       135       (2.55 )     14,915       860       (1.22 )
                                                 
Total interest-bearing liabilities
  $ 519,627       6,410       0.10     $ 674,429       35,384       0.29  
                                                 
Net interest income/net interest spread
            3,710       (0.13 )%             28,030       0.11 %
                                                 
Net yield on earning assets
                    (0.14 )%                     0.20 %
                                                 
Taxable equivalent adjustment:
                                               
Investment securities
            123                       262          
                                                 
Net interest income
          $ 3,587                     $ 27,768          
                                                 


24


Table of Contents

The following table depicts, on a taxable equivalent basis for the fourth quarters of 2007 and 2006, certain information related to our average balance sheet and our average yields on assets and average costs of liabilities. Average yields are calculated by dividing income or expense by the average balance of the corresponding assets or liabilities. Average balances have been calculated on a daily basis.
 
                                                 
    Three Months Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006  
    Average
    Income/
    Yield/
    Average
    Income/
    Yield/
 
    Balance     Expense     Rate     Balance     Expense     Rate  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
ASSETS
Interest-earning assets:
                                               
Loans, net of unearned income(1)
  $ 2,045,813     $ 40,660       7.89 %   $ 1,500,400     $ 30,682       8.11 %
Investment securities
                                               
Taxable
    331,596       4,369       5.23       336,647       4,238       4.99  
Tax-exempt(2)
    33,447       537       6.37       11,953       176       5.83  
                                                 
Total investment securities
    365,043       4,906       5.33       348,600       4,414       5.02  
Federal funds sold
    8,500       97       4.53       26,610       341       5.06  
Other investments
    48,800       640       5.20       47,039       746       6.28  
                                                 
Total interest-earning assets
    2,468,156       46,303       7.44       1,922,649       36,183       7.47  
Noninterest-earning assets:
                                               
Cash and due from banks
    48,618                       32,628                  
Premises and equipment
    99,190                       81,068                  
Accrued interest and other assets
    290,894                       164,232                  
Allowance for loan losses
    (22,095 )                     (17,152 )                
                                                 
Total assets
  $ 2,884,763                     $ 2,183,425                  
                                                 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                                               
Demand deposits
  $ 635,371     $ 5,657       3.53 %   $ 442,633     $ 3,888       3.48 %
Savings deposits
    59,946       314       2.08       48,194       127       1.04  
Time deposits
    1,278,976       16,037       4.97       998,956       11,663       4.63  
Other borrowings
    270,808       3,336       4.89       254,038       3,391       5.30  
Subordinated debentures
    53,799       1,066       7.86       35,452       931       10.41  
                                                 
Total interest-bearing liabilities
    2,298,900       26,410       4.56       1,779,273       20,000       4.46  
Noninterest-bearing liabilities:
                                               
Demand deposits
    206,977                       159,239                  
Accrued interest and other liabilities
    29,834                       24,759                  
Stockholders’ equity
    349,052                       220,154                  
                                                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 2,884,763                     $ 2,183,425                  
                                                 
Net interest income/net interest spread
            19,893       2.88 %             16,183       3.01 %
                                                 
Net yield on earning assets
                    3.20 %                     3.34 %
                                                 
Taxable equivalent adjustment:
                                               
Investment securities(2)
            183                       60          
                                                 
Net interest income
          $ 19,710                     $ 16,123          
                                                 
 
 
(1) Nonaccrual loans are included in loans, net of unearned income. No adjustment has been made for these loans in the calculation of yields.
 
(2) Interest income and yields are presented on a fully taxable equivalent basis using a tax rate of 34%.


25


Table of Contents

 
The following table sets forth, on a taxable equivalent basis, the effect that the varying levels of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and the applicable rates have had on changes in net interest income for the fourth quarters of 2007 and 2006:
 
                         
    Three Months Ended December 31, 2007 vs. 2006 (1)  
    Increase
    Changes Due To  
    (Decrease)     Rate     Volume  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Increase (decrease) in:
                       
Income from interest-earning assets:
                       
Interest and fees on loans
  $ 9,978     $ (856 )   $ 10,834  
Interest on securities:
                       
Taxable
    131       197       (66 )
Tax-exempt
    361       18       344  
Interest on federal funds
    (244 )     (33 )     (211 )
Interest on other investments
    (106 )     (133 )     27  
                         
Total interest income
    10,120       (807 )     10,928  
                         
Expense from interest-bearing liabilities:
                       
Interest on demand deposits
    1,769       57       1,712  
Interest on savings deposits
    187       150       37  
Interest on time deposits
    4,374       908       3,466  
Interest on other borrowings
    (55 )     (271 )     216  
Interest on subordinated debentures
    135       (266 )     401  
                         
Total interest expense
    6,410       578       5,832  
                         
Net interest income
  $ 3,710     $ (1,385 )   $ 5,096  
                         
 
 
(1) The change in interest due to both rate and volume has been allocated to rate and volume changes in proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amounts of the changes in each.


26


Table of Contents

 
The following tables depict, on a taxable equivalent basis for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2007, certain information related to our average balance sheet and our average yields on assets and average costs of liabilities. Such yields are derived by dividing income or expense by the average balance of the corresponding assets or liabilities. Average balances have been derived from daily averages.
 
                                                                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
          Interest
    Average
          Interest
    Average
          Interest
    Average
 
    Average
    Earned/
    Yield/
    Average
    Earned/
    Yield/
    Average
    Earned/
    Yield/
 
    Balance     Paid     Rate     Balance     Paid     Rate     Balance     Paid     Rate  
                      (Dollars in thousands)                    
 
    ASSETS
Interest-earning assets:
                                                                       
Loans, net of unearned income(1)
  $ 1,839,029     $ 150,443       8.18 %   $ 1,176,844     $ 92,659       7.87 %   $ 947,212     $ 63,895       6.75 %
Investment securities:
                                                                       
Taxable
    328,893       17,174       5.22       264,031       12,994       4.92       255,663       11,632       4.55  
Tax-exempt(2)
    21,668       1,359       6.27       10,093       589       5.84       6,932       373       5.38  
                                                                         
Total investment securities
    350,561       18,533       5.29       274,124       13,583       4.96       262,595       12,005       4.57  
Federal funds sold
    8,975       471       5.25       11,102       570       5.13       14,757       460       3.12  
Other investments
    47,612       2,944       6.18       37,227       2,165       5.82       22,266       1,047       4.70  
                                                                         
Total interest-earning assets
    2,246,177       172,391       7.67       1,499,297       108,977       7.27       1,246,830       77,407       6.21  
Noninterest-earning assets:
                                                                       
Cash and due from banks
    45,142                       32,730                       28,227                  
Premises and equipment
    95,289                       64,378                       56,897                  
Accrued interest and other assets
    254,785                       100,514                       83,743                  
Allowance for loan losses
    (20,431 )                     (13,594 )                     (12,504 )                
                                                                         
Total assets
  $ 2,620,962                     $ 1,683,325                     $ 1,403,193                  
                                                                         
     
    LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                                                                       
Demand deposits
  $ 568,125     $ 20,791       3.66 %   $ 359,262     $ 11,857       3.30 %   $ 339,842     $ 7,144       2.10 %
Savings deposits
    50,652       818       1.61       27,968       177       0.63       25,935       40       0.15  
Time deposits
    1,171,942       58,058       4.95       764,787       34,477       4.51       607,141       20,731       3.41  
Other borrowings
    249,443       12,971       5.20       228,631       11,603       5.07       187,297       7,493       4.00  
Subordinated debentures
    48,557       4,129       8.50       33,642       3,269       9.72       31,959       2,847       8.91  
                                                                         
Total interest-bearing liabilities
    2,088,719       96,767       4.63       1,414,290       61,383       4.34       1,192,174       38,255       3.21  
Noninterest-bearing liabilities:
                                                                       
Demand deposits
    191,066                       111,757                       93,564                  
Accrued interest and other liabilities
    32,905                       16,451                       15,651                  
                                                                         
Total liabilities
    2,312,690                       1,542,498                       1,301,389                  
Stockholders’ equity
    308,272                       140,827                       101,804                  
                                                                         
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 2,620,962                     $ 1,683,325                     $ 1,403,193                  
                                                                         
Net interest income/net interest spread
            75,624       3.04 %             47,594       2.93 %             39,152       3.00 %
                                                                         
Net yield on earning assets
                    3.37 %                     3.17 %                     3.14 %
                                                                         
Taxable equivalent adjustment:
                                                                       
Investment securities(2)
            462                       200                       127          
                                                                         
Net interest income
          $ 75,162                     $ 47,394                     $ 39,025          
                                                                         
 
 
(1) Nonaccrual loans are included in loans, net of unearned income. No adjustment has been made for these loans in the calculation of yields.
 
(2) Interest income and yields are presented on a fully taxable equivalent basis using a tax rate of 34 percent.


27


Table of Contents

 
The following table sets forth, on a taxable equivalent basis, the effect which the varying levels of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and the applicable rates have had on changes in net interest income for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006.
 
                                                 
    Year Ended December 31,(1)  
    2007 vs. 2006     2006 vs. 2005  
    Increase
    Changes Due to     Increase
    Changes Due to  
    (Decrease)     Rate     Volume     (Decrease)     Rate     Volume  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Income from earning assets:
                                               
Interest and fees on loans
  $ 57,784     $ 3,780     $ 54,004     $ 28,764     $ 11,688     $ 17,076  
Interest on securities:
                                               
Taxable
    4,180       831       3,349       1,362       390       972  
Tax-exempt
    770       46       724       216       33       183  
Interest on federal funds
    (99 )     13       (112 )     110       244       (134 )
Interest on other investments
    779       141       638       1,118       997       121  
                                                 
Total interest income
    63,414       4,811       58,603       31,570       13,352       18,218  
                                                 
Expense from interest-bearing liabilities:
                                               
Interest on demand deposits
    8,934       1,412       7,522       4,713       4,285       428  
Interest on savings deposits
    641       421       220       137       134       3  
Interest on time deposits
    23,581       3,651       19,930       13,746       7,616       6,130  
Interest on other borrowings
    1,368       301       1,067       4,110       2,252       1,858  
Interest on subordinated debentures
    860       (450 )     1,310       422       267       155  
                                                 
Total interest expense
    35,384       5,335       30,049       23,128       14,554       8,574  
                                                 
Net interest income
  $ 28,030     $ (524 )   $ 28,554     $ 8,442     $ (1,202 )   $ 9,644  
                                                 
 
 
(1) The changes in net interest income due to both rate and volume have been allocated to rate and volume changes in proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amounts of the changes in each.
 
Provision for Loan Losses.  The provision for loan losses represents the amount determined by management to be necessary to maintain the allowance for loan losses at a level capable of absorbing inherent losses in the loan portfolio. Management reviews the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses on a quarterly basis. The allowance for loan loss calculation is segregated into various segments that include classified loans, loans with specific allocations and pass rated loans. A pass rated loan is generally characterized by a very low to average risk of default and in which management perceives there is a minimal risk of loss. Loans are rated using an eight-point scale, with loan officers having the primary responsibility for assigning risk ratings and for the timely reporting of changes in the risk ratings. These processes, and the assigned risk ratings, are subject to review by our internal loan review function and chief credit officer. Impaired loans are reviewed specifically and separately under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 114 to determine the appropriate reserve allocation. Management compares the investment in an impaired loan with the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s observable market price, or the fair value of the collateral, if the loan is collateral-dependent, to determine the specific reserve allowance. To evaluate the overall adequacy of the allowance to absorb losses inherent in our loan portfolio, management considers historical loss experience based on volume and types of loans, trends in classifications, volume and trends in delinquencies and non-accruals, economic conditions and other pertinent information. Based on future evaluations, additional provisions for loan losses may be necessary to maintain the allowance for loan losses at an appropriate level. See “Financial Condition — Allowance for Loan Losses” for additional discussion.
 
The provision for loan losses was $1.7 million for the fourth quarter of 2007, an increase of $1.0 million, or 154.9%, from $650,000 in the fourth quarter of 2006. The provision for loan losses was $4.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, an increase of $2.0 million, or 81.6%, from $2.5 million the year ended December 31,


28


Table of Contents

2006. During the fourth quarter and year ended December 31, 2007, we had net charged-off loans totaling $1.7 million and $4.3 million, respectively, compared to net charged-off loans of $662,000 and $2.3 million in the fourth quarter and year ended December 31, 2006, respectively. The annualized ratio of net charged-off loans to average loans was 0.33% and 0.24% for the fourth quarter of 2007 and year ended December 31, 2007, compared to the .18% and 0.20% for the fourth quarter of 2006 and year ended December 31, 2006. The allowance for loan losses totaled $22.9 million, or 1.13% of loans, net of unearned income, at December 31, 2007, compared to $18.9 million, or 1.15% of loans, net of unearned income, at December 31, 2006. See “Financial Condition — Allowance for Loan Losses” for additional discussion.
 
Noninterest income.  Noninterest income increased $2.2 million and $7.5 million, or 61.1% and 63.9%, to $5.8 million and $19.4 million for the fourth quarter and year ended December 31, 2007, respectively, from $3.6 million and $11.9 million for the fourth quarter and year ended December 31, 2006, respectively. The components of noninterest income for the fourth quarters and years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 consisted of the following:
 
                         
    Three Months Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     % Change  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Service charges and fees on deposits
  $ 2,183     $ 1,530       42.68 %
Mortgage banking income
    808       839       (3.69 )
Investment securities gains
    66             100.00  
Change in fair value of derivatives
    1,141       331       244.71  
Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance
    514       357       43.98  
Other noninterest income
    1,096       549       99.64  
                         
Total
  $ 5,808     $ 3,606       61.06 %
                         
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     % Change  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Service charges and fees on deposits
  $ 7,957     $ 4,915       61.89 %
Mortgage banking income
    3,860       2,997       28.80  
Investment securities gains
    308             100.00  
Change in fair value of derivatives
    1,310       374       250.27  
Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance
    1,895       1,580       19.94  
Other noninterest income
    4,027       1,945       107.04  
                         
Total
  $ 19,357     $ 11,811       63.89 %
                         
 
The increases in service charges on deposits and fees are primarily attributable to an increased customer base resulting from our acquisitions. The increase in mortgage banking income is the result of an increase in the volume of originations. The increase in other noninterest income is primarily due to increases in credit life insurance commissions, brokerage commissions and ATM network fees. Our credit life insurance commissions have increased due to the acquisition of a consumer finance company subsidiary as part of the Community purchase. The increase in brokerage commissions is the result of increased volume in our investment subsidiary, and the increase in ATM network fees is the result of increased volume related to new customers and additional ATM locations acquired through acquisitions or new branch locations.


29


Table of Contents

Noninterest expenses.  Noninterest expenses increased $4.7 million, or 29.4%, to $20.8 million for the fourth quarter of 2007 from $16.1 million for the fourth quarter of 2006. This increase is primarily due to our acquisitions and the opening of new branch locations. Selected key ratios, as shown below, remained level between the periods with noninterest expense to average assets ratio showing some improvement. Continued branch expansion is expected to put pressure on these ratios. However, increases in the volume of net interest income and noninterest income are expected to begin offsetting these costs. Noninterest expenses included the following for the fourth quarters of 2007 and 2006:
 
                         
    Three Months Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     % Change  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Noninterest Expenses
                       
Salaries and employee benefits
  $ 11,357     $ 8,738       29.97 %
Occupancy, furniture and equipment expense
    3,742       2,430       53.99  
Management separation costs
          265       (100.00 )
Amortization of core deposit intangibles
    588       209       181.34  
Merger-related costs
    108       285       (62.11 )
Professional fees
    720       738       (2.32 )
Insurance expense
    638       588       8.56  
Postage, stationery and supplies
    570       438       30.11  
Communications expense
    538       401       34.08  
Advertising expense
    638       432       47.49  
Other operating expense
    1,951       1,593       22.47  
                         
Total
  $ 20,850     $ 16,117       29.37 %
                         
Selected Key Ratios
                       
Noninterest expense to average assets(1)
    2.76 %     2.84 %        
Efficiency ratio(1)
    81.82       79.19          
 
 
(1) In calculating the selected key ratios, noninterest expense has been adjusted for amortization of core deposit intangibles, merger-related costs and other losses on the sale of assets.


30


Table of Contents

 
Noninterest expenses increased $28.4 million, or 57.1%, to $78.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 from $49.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. This increase is primarily due to our acquisitions and the opening of new branch locations. Selected key ratios, as shown below, improved from the year ended December 31, 2006. Continued branch expansion is expected to put pressure on these ratios. However, increases in the volume of net interest income and noninterest income are expected to begin offsetting these costs. Noninterest expenses included the following for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     % Change  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Noninterest Expenses
                       
Salaries and employee benefits
  $ 42,316     $ 26,805       57.87 %
Occupancy, furniture and equipment expense
    13,391       7,754       72.70  
Management separation costs
          265       (100.00 )
Amortization of core deposit intangibles
    1,691       442       282.58  
Loss on extinguishment of debt
    1,469             100.00  
Merger-related costs
    639       635       .63  
Loss on termination of ESOP
    158             100.00  
Subsidiary startup costs
          135       (100.00 )
Professional fees
    2,269       2,598       (12.65 )
Insurance expense
    2,189       1,899       15.29  
Postage, stationery and supplies
    2,252       1,250       80.20  
Communications expense
    2,007       988       103.04  
Advertising expense
    2,397       1,352       77.34  
Other operating expense
    7,445       5,662       31.47  
                         
Total
  $ 78,223     $ 49,785       57.12 %
                         
Selected Key Ratios
                       
Noninterest expense to average assets(1)
    2.83 %     2.84 %        
Efficiency ratio(1)
    79.48       81.46          
 
 
(1) In calculating the selected key ratios, noninterest expense has been adjusted for amortization of core deposit intangibles, extinguishment of debt, merger-related costs, termination of ESOP and other losses on the sale of assets.
 
Income tax expense.  We recognized income tax expense of $1.1 million and $4.1 million for the fourth quarter of 2007 and year ended December 31, 2007, respectively, compared to $903,000 and $1.9 million for the fourth quarter of 2006 and year ended December 31, 2006, respectively. Our effective tax rate increased in 2007 compared to 2006 due to higher levels of income, recognition of taxable gains on the exchange of bank-owned life insurance and the recapture of tax credits related to the sale of condominium units. The difference between the effective tax rates in 2007 and 2006 and the blended federal statutory rate of 34% and state tax rates between 5% and 6%, is primarily due to certain tax-exempt income from investments and insurance policies. We adopted the provisions of FIN 48 as of January 1, 2007, the effect of which is described in Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
We adopted the provisions of FIN 48 as of January 1, 2007 which resulted in a charge of approximately $555,000 to the January 1, 2007 retained earnings balance. As of the adoption date, we had unrecognized tax benefits of $459,000, all of which, if recognized, would affect our effective tax rate. Also, as of the adoption date, we had accrued interest expense related to the unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $146,000. Accrued interest related to unrecognized tax benefits is recognized in income tax expense. Penalties, if incurred, will be recognized in income tax expense as well.


31


Table of Contents

We, along with our subsidiaries, are subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as to Alabama and Florida income taxes. We have concluded all U.S. federal income tax matters for years through 2002, including acquisitions.
 
All state income tax matters have been concluded for years through 2001. We received notices of proposed adjustments relating to state taxes due for the years 2002 and 2003, which include proposed adjustments relating to income apportionment of a subsidiary. Our management anticipates that these examinations may be finalized in the foreseeable future. However, based on the status of these examinations, and the protocol of finalizing audits by the taxing authority, which could include formal legal proceedings, it is not possible to estimate the impact of any changes to the previously recorded uncertain tax positions. There have been no significant changes to the status of these examinations during the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2007.
 
Our net deferred tax assets decreased $4.5 million to $20.9 million as of December 31, 2007 from $25.4 million at December 31, 2006. This decrease is primarily due to an increase in deferred tax liabilities related to our acquisition of People’s.
 
Our determination of the realization of deferred tax assets (net of valuation allowance) is based upon management’s judgment of various future events and uncertainties, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, the timing and amount of future income earned by our subsidiaries and the implementation of various tax planning strategies to maximize realization of the deferred tax assets. A portion of the amount of the deferred tax asset that can be realized in any year is subject to certain statutory federal income tax limitations. We believe that our subsidiaries will be able to generate sufficient operating earnings to realize the deferred tax benefits. We evaluate quarterly the realizability of the deferred tax assets and, if necessary, adjust any valuation allowance accordingly.
 
Year Ended December 31, 2006, Compared with Year Ended December 31, 2005
 
Our net income for the year ended December 31, 2006 was $4.9 million, compared to a net loss of $5.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. Net income available to common stockholders was $4.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, compared to a net loss of $8.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. Our basic and diluted net income (loss) per common share was $0.21 for the year ended December 31 2006, compared to $(0.42) per common share for the year ended December 31, 2005. Our return on average assets was 0.30% in 2006, compared to (0.41)% in 2005. Our return on average stockholders’ equity was 3.55% in 2006, compared to (5.68)% in 2005. Our book value per common share at December 31, 2006 and 2005 was $7.97 and $5.21, respectively, and our tangible book value per common share decreased to $4.23 at December 31, 2006 from $4.61 as of December 31, 2005. Average equity to average assets increased to 8.37% in 2006 from 7.26% in 2005.
 
The increase in earnings for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to the year ended December 31, 2005 was primarily the result of an increase in net interest income and a decrease in management separation costs.
 
Net interest income is the difference between the income earned on interest-earning assets and interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities used to support such assets. Net interest income increased $8.4 million, or 21.4%, to $47.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from $39.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. This was due to an increase in interest income of $31.5 million, or 40.8%, offset by a increase in total interest expense of $23.1 million, or 60.5%. The increase in total interest income was primarily attributable to a $28.8 million, or 45.1%, increase in interest income on average loans, which increased $230 million to $1.177 billion.
 
The increases in interest income were offset by a $18.6 million, or 66.6%, increase in interest expense on deposits and a $4.5 million, or 43.8%, increase in interest expense on other borrowings. Average interest-bearing deposits increased $179.1 million, or 18.4%, and average other borrowings increased $41.3 million, or 22.1%. The average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities was 4.34% for the year ended December 31, 2006, compared to 3.21% for the year ended December 31, 2005. This increase is the result of higher average rates paid on all interest-bearing deposits due to higher market rates.
 
Our net interest spread and net interest margin were 2.93% and 3.17%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2006, compared to 3.00% and 3.14%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2005.


32


Table of Contents

Our average interest-earning assets for the year ended December 31, 2006 increased $252.5 million, or 20.2%, to $1.499 billion from $1.247 billion for the year ended December 31, 2005. This increase in our average interest-earning assets was due primarily to mergers with Kensington and Community in late 2006 and increased loan production. Average interest-bearing liabilities increased $222.1 million, or 18.6%, to $1.414 billion from $1.192 billion for the year ended December 31, 2005. The increase in average interest-bearing liabilities is primarily due to mergers with Kensington and Community in late 2006. The ratio of our average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities was 106.0% and 104.6% for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Our average interest-bearing assets produced a taxable equivalent yield of 7.27% for the year ended December 31, 2006, compared to 6.21% for the year ended December 31, 2005. The 106-basis point increase in the yield was offset by a 113-basis point increase in the average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities.
 
The provision for loan losses was $2.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, a decrease of $1.0 million in comparison to $3.5 million in 2005. This decrease can be attributed primarily to the continued improvement in the overall quality of the Bank’s loan portfolios. While the provision is moderately lower in comparison to 2005, management continues to maintain a proactive approach to credit risk management as the economy experiences cycles and as the Bank continues to grow both internally and through mergers and acquisitions. Nonperforming loans increased, to 0.52% of loans at December 31, 2006 from 0.49% at December 31, 2005. During 2006, we had net charged-off loans totaling $2.3 million, compared to net charged-off loans of $4.0 million for 2005. The ratio of net charged-off loans to average loans was 0.20% for 2006 compared to 0.43% for 2005. The allowance for loan losses totaled $18.9 million, or 1.15% of loans, net of unearned income, at December 31, 2006, compared to $12.0 million, or 1.25% of loans, net of unearned income, at December 31, 2005. See “Financial Condition — Allowance for Loan Losses” for additional discussion.
 
Noninterest income decreased $2.9 million, or 19.6%, to $11.8 million in 2006 from $14.7 million in 2005. This decrease is primarily due to insurance proceeds received in 2005 of $5.1 million and was partially offset by $1.3 million in losses on the sale of available-for-sale securities in 2005 and changes in the fair values of derivatives. In 2006, changes in the fair value of derivatives totaled $374,000. The investment portfolio losses were realized primarily in the first quarter of 2005 as a result of a $50 million sale of bonds in the investment portfolio. We reinvested the proceeds in bonds intended to enhance the yield and cash flows of our investment securities portfolio. The new investment securities were classified as available for sale.
 
Income from mortgage banking operations for the year ended December 31, 2006 increased $439,000, or 17.2%, to $3.0 million in 2006 from $2.6 million in 2005. This increase is due to increased origination activity during 2006. Income from customer service charges and fees increased $228,000, or 4.9%, to $4.9 million in 2006 from $4.6 million in 2005. This increase is primarily due to an increase of transaction accounts from 2005 to 2006. Management is currently pursuing new accounts and customers through direct marketing and other promotional efforts to increase this source of revenue. Other noninterest income was $3.5 million, a decrease of $86,000, or 2.3%, from $3.6 million in 2005.
 
Noninterest expense decreased $10.8 million, or 17.9%, to $49.8 million in 2006 from $60.6 million in 2005, primarily due to the management separation costs of $15.5 million incurred in the first six months of 2005. Salaries and employee benefits increased $3.7 million, or 16.0%, to $26.8 million in 2006 compared to $23.1 million in 2005. This increase is primarily the result of an increased employee base which resulted from the mergers with Kensington and Community in the third and fourth quarters of 2006. We incurred internal merger-related costs and subsidiary startup costs of $770,000.
 
All other noninterest expenses remained flat, at $22.0 million in 2006 and in 2005, as the new executive management team implemented certain cost control measures. See Note 21 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for more detail on the components of our noninterest expenses.
 
Income tax expense was $1.9 million in 2006, compared to a tax benefit of $4.6 million in 2005. The primary difference in the effective tax rate and the federal statutory rate of 34% for 2006 is due to the effect of certain tax-exempt interest and the increase in the cash surrender value of life insurance. See Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for more detail on the components of our income tax expense.


33


Table of Contents

Our net deferred tax assets increased to $25.3 million as of December 31, 2006 from $14.8 million at December 31, 2005. This increase is primarily due to an increase in federal net operating loss carryforwards (“NOLs”). Approximately $26.0 million in NOLs were generated in prior periods by Community, which we acquired during the fourth quarter of 2006. These carryforwards are subject to certain statutory limitations, but we expect that future earnings will be sufficient to utilize these losses. These carryforwards do not begin to expire until the year 2023. Due to limitations on the use of net operating losses acquired in the merger with Community, a valuation allowance of $1.2 million has been established as of December 31, 2006 against such deferred income tax assets in purchase accounting. Any subsequently recognized income tax benefits relating to this valuation allowance will be reflected as a reduction of goodwill related to the acquisition.
 
Market Risk — Interest Rate Sensitivity
 
Market risk is the risk of loss arising from adverse changes in the fair value of financial instruments due to a change in interest rates, exchange rates and equity prices. Our primary market risk is interest rate risk.
 
We evaluate interest rate sensitivity risk and then formulate guidelines regarding asset generation and repricing, funding sources and pricing, and off-balance sheet commitments in order to moderate interest rate sensitivity risk. We use computer simulations that reflect various interest rate scenarios and the related impact on net interest income over specified periods of time.
 
The primary objective of asset/liability management is to manage interest rate risk and achieve reasonable stability in net interest income throughout interest rate cycles. This is achieved by maintaining the proper balance of interest rate sensitive earning assets and interest rate sensitive liabilities. In general, management’s strategy is to match asset and liability balances within maturity categories to limit our exposure to earnings variations and variations in the value of assets and liabilities as interest rates change over time. Our asset and liability management strategy is formulated and monitored by our Asset/Liability Management Committee (“ALCO”), which is composed of our head of asset/liability management and other senior officers, in accordance with policies approved by the board of directors. The ALCO meets monthly to review, among other things, the sensitivity of our assets and liabilities to interest rate changes, the book and market values of assets and liabilities, unrealized gains and losses, including those attributable to purchase and sale activity, and maturities of investments and borrowings. The ALCO also approves and establishes pricing and funding decisions with respect to overall asset and liability composition and reports regularly to our Board Loan and Investment Committee and the full board of directors.
 
One of the primary goals of the ALCO is to effectively manage the duration of our assets and liabilities so that the respective durations are matched as closely as possible. These duration adjustments can be accomplished either internally by restructuring our balance sheet, or externally by adjusting the duration of our assets or liabilities through the use of interest rate contracts, such as interest rate swaps, caps, and floors. In the fourth quarter of 2006, as it appeared short-term rates had reached a plateau, we purchased $50 million in interest rate floors, reducing our level of asset sensitivity. (See “Interest Rate Floors” below)
 
We measure our interest rate risk by analyzing the correlation of interest-bearing assets to interest-bearing liabilities (“gap analysis”), net interest income simulation, and economic value of equity (“EVE”) modeling.
 
As of December 31, 2007, the Bank had approximately $454 million more in interest-bearing liabilities than interest-earning assets that could reprice to current market rates during the next 12 months. However, shortcomings are inherent in any gap analysis, because the rates on certain assets and liabilities may not move proportionately as market interest rates change. For example, when national money market rates change, interest rates on our NOW, savings, and money market deposit accounts may not change as much as rates on commercial loans. The Bank had approximately $717 million of such administratively priced deposits on December 31, 2007.
 
The Bank’s net interest income simulation model projects that net interest income will increase on an annual basis by 3.5%, or approximately $2.7 million, assuming an instantaneous and parallel increase in interest rates of 200 basis points. Assuming an instantaneous and parallel decrease of 200 basis points, net interest income is projected to decrease on an annual basis by 9.1%, or approximately $7.1 million. The net interest income produced by these scenarios is within our asset and liability management policy.


34


Table of Contents

EVE is a concept related to longer-term interest rate risk. EVE is defined as the net present value of the balance sheet’s cash flows or the residual value of future cash flows. While EVE does not represent actual market liquidation or replacement value, it is a useful tool for estimating our balance sheet earnings capacity. The greater the EVE, the greater our earnings capacity. The Bank’s EVE model projects that EVE will increase 4.4% assuming an instantaneous and parallel increase in interest rates of 200 basis points. Assuming an instantaneous and parallel decrease of 200 basis points, EVE is projected to decrease 9.8%. The EVE produced by these scenarios is within our asset and liability management policy. The following table sets forth the Bank’s EVE as of December 31, 2007:
 
                         
          Change  
Change (in Basis Points) in Interest Rates
  EVE     Amount     Percent  
    (Dollars in thousands)        
 
+ 200 BP
  $ 470,866     $ 19,274       4.4 %
0 BP
    451,142              
– 200 BP
    407,146       (43,996 )     (9.8 )
 
Both the net interest income and EVE simulations include assumptions regarding balances, asset prepayment speeds, and interest rate relationships among balances that management believes to be reasonable for the various interest rate environments. Differences in actual occurrences from these assumptions, as well as non-parallel changes in the yield curve, may change our market risk exposure.
 
Our board has authorized the ALCO to utilize financial futures, forward sales, options and interest rate swaps, caps and floors, and other instruments to the extent necessary, in accordance with the OTS regulations and our internal policy. We expect that interest rate swaps, caps and floors will be used as macro hedges against our securities, our loan portfolios and our liabilities.
 
We recognize that positions for hedging purposes are primarily a function of three main areas of risk exposure: (1) mismatches between assets and liabilities; (2) prepayment and other option-type risks embedded in our assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet instruments; and (3) the mismatched commitments for mortgages and funding sources. We will engage in only the following types of hedges: (1) those which synthetically alter the maturities or repricing characteristics of assets or liabilities to reduce imbalances; (2) those which enable us to transfer the interest rate risk exposure involved in our daily business activities; and (3) those which serve to alter the market risk inherent in our investment portfolio or liabilities and thus help us to match the effective maturities of the assets and liabilities.
 
The following is a discussion of our primary derivative positions.
 
Interest Rate Swaps.  As of December 31, 2007, we had entered into $43.5 million notional amount of swaps (“CD swaps”) to hedge the interest rate risk inherent in certain of our brokered certificates of deposits (“brokered CDs”). The CD swaps are used to convert the fixed rate paid on the brokered CDs to a variable rate based upon three-month LIBOR. Hedge accounting was discontinued on $40.4 million of these swap positions during 2007 because the instruments no longer qualified as an effective fair value hedge under SFAS 133, due to market rate changes in the bench-mark interest rate. Therefore, all changes in fair value were recognized in earnings during the period of the change. The net cash settlement of these derivatives was included in noninterest income during 2007. As of December 31, 2007, these CD swaps had a recorded fair value of $12,073 and a weighted average life of 7.46 years, respectively. The weighted average fixed rate (receiving rate) was 5.04% and the weighted average variable rate (paying rate) was 5.00% (LIBOR based). Subsequent to December 31, 2007, five CD swaps with a notional value of $23 million were called at par value.
 
Fair Value Hedges.  As of December 31, 2007, we had $3.2 million of notional amount of CD swaps designated and qualified as fair value hedges. As fair value hedges, the net cash settlements from the designated swaps are reported as part of net interest income. In addition, we will recognize in current earnings the change in fair value of both the interest rate swap and related hedged brokered CDs, with the ineffective portion of the hedge relationship reported in noninterest income. The fair value of the CD swaps is reported on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition in other assets or other liabilities and the change in fair value of the related hedged brokered CD is reported as an adjustment to the carrying value of the brokered CDs. As of December 31, 2007, the amount of CD swaps designated had a recorded fair value of $55,000 and a weighted average life of


35


Table of Contents

6.62 years. The weighted average fixed rate (receiving rate) was 4.70% and the weighted average variable rate (paying rate) was 4.90% (LIBOR based).
 
Interest Rate Floors.  During the fourth quarter of 2006, we entered into certain interest rate floor contracts that have not been qualified for hedge accounting treatment and will be used as an economic hedge. An interest rate floor is a contract in which the counterparty agrees to pay the difference between a current market rate of interest and an agreed rate multiplied by the amount of the notional amount. We entered into $50 million interest rate floor contracts for a 3-year period with a 4.25% floor on the 3-month LIBOR rate. We paid a $248,000 premium for these investments. These economic hedges will be carried at fair value in other assets or other liabilities and changes in the fair value of these derivatives and any payments received will be recognized in noninterest income. The floors had a positive fair value of $590,000 and $215,000 as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. In March 2008, we terminated our interest rate floor contracts for $1.3 million which resulted in a realized pre-tax gain of $677,000 that we will recognize in our first quarter 2008 consolidated statement of income.
 
Commitments to Originate Mortgage Loans.  During the ordinary course of business, we enter into certain commitments with customers in connection with residential mortgage loan applications. Such commitments are considered derivatives under the provisions of SFAS No. 133, as amended by SFAS No. 149, Amendment to Statement 133 on Derivatives Instruments and Hedging Activities, and are therefore required to be recorded at fair value. The aggregate amount of these mortgage loan origination commitments was $20.9 million and $28.7 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The net unrealized gain of the origination commitments were $122,000 and $51,000 at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The fair values are calculated based on changes in market interest rates after the commitment date.
 
Liquidity
 
The goal of liquidity management is to provide adequate funds to meet changes in loan demand or any potential unexpected deposit withdrawals. Additionally, management strives to maximize our earnings by investing our excess funds in securities and other assets with maturities matching our offsetting liabilities. See the “Selected Loan Maturity and Interest Rate Sensitivity” and “Maturity Distribution of Investment Securities”.
 
Historically, we have maintained a high loan-to-deposit ratio. To meet our short-term liquidity needs, we maintain core deposits and have borrowing capacity through the FHLB, repurchase agreements and federal funds lines. Long-term liquidity needs are met primarily through these sources, the repayment of loans, sales of loans and the maturity or sale of investment securities.
 
As shown in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, operating activities did not provide any significant levels of funds in 2007, 2006 and 2005, primarily due to our low level of operating income along with increased volume of mortgage loans held for sale originations.
 
Investing activities in 2007 and 2006 were a net user of funds, primarily due to loan funding and capital expenditures. During 2007, we received a higher level of funds from principal payments and calls in our investment portfolio. During 2006, a significant amount of securities that were acquired as part of our business combinations were sold and reinvested in loans and additional investment securities, continuing our strategy of realigning our balance sheet which we began in 2005. Investing activities were a net provider of funds in 2005 due to maturities and sale of securities available for sale. As noted above, we sold securities in 2005 as part of a strategy to deleverage and realign our balance sheet.
 
Financing activities were a net provider of funds in 2007 and 2006, as we increased our level of deposits. During 2007, the increase in deposit funding was offset by a decrease in borrowings and the purchase of treasury stock. During 2006, the increase in deposits was offset by the restructuring of FHLB advances and maturity of repurchase agreements acquired in our business combinations. Financing activities were a net user of funds in 2005, as we decreased our levels of brokered certificates of deposit and repurchase agreements. This decrease was offset by an increase in interest-bearing demand deposit accounts, advances from the FHLB and proceeds from equity transactions.
 
We have entered into certain contractual obligations and commercial commitments in the normal course of business that involve elements of credit risk, interest rate risk and liquidity risk.


36


Table of Contents

The following tables summarize these relationships by contractual cash obligations and commercial commitments:
 
                                         
    Payments Due by Period  
          Less than
    One to
    Four to
    After Five
 
    Total     One Year     Three Years     Five Years     Years  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Contractual Obligations
                                       
Advances from FHLB(1)
  $ 222,828     $ 74,488     $ 55,032     $ 34,968     $ 58,340  
Operating leases(2)
    16,793       2,731       4,020       2,230       7,812  
Capitalized leases(2)
    8,222       367       734       734       6,387  
Notes payable(3)
    9,500       9,500                    
Repurchase agreements(4)
    7,075       7,075                    
Junior subordinated debentures owed to unconsolidated trusts(5)
    53,744                         53,744  
Deferred compensation agreements(6)
    14,179       367       776       818       12,218  
Employment separation agreements(7)
    666       62       84       44       476  
Other employment related contract obligations incurred in business combinations(8)
    4,948       3,002       1,536       410        
Benefit Restoration Plan(9)
    2,461       265       521       505       1,170  
Income tax obligations under FIN 48(10)
    600             600              
                                         
Total Contractual cash obligations
  $ 341,016     $ 97,857     $ 63,303     $ 39,709     $ 140,147  
                                         
 
 
(1) See Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
(2) See Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
(3) See Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
(4) See Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
(5) See Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
(6) See Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
(7) See Note 28 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
(8) See Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
(9) See Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
(10) See Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
                                         
    Payments Due by Period  
          Less than
    One to
    Four to
    After Five
 
    Total     One Year     Three Years     Five Years     Years  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Commercial commitments
                                       
Commitments to extend credit(1)
  $ 355,579     $ 258,007     $ 30,444     $ 20,120     $ 47,008  
Standby letters of credit(1)
    29,107       22,704       1,322       5,081        
                                         
Total Commercial Commitments
  $ 384,686     $ 280,711     $ 31,766     $ 25,201     $ 47,008  
                                         
 
 
(1) See Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
In addition, the FHLB has issued for the Bank’s benefit a $20.0 million irrevocable letter of credit in favor of the Chief Financial Officer of the State of Florida to secure certain deposits of the State of Florida. The letter of credit expires January 6, 2009 upon 60 days’ prior notice of non-renewal; otherwise, it automatically extends for a successive one-year term.


37


Table of Contents

We are constructing or have plans to construct various new branch locations. In that regard, we have entered into commitments as of, or subsequent to, December 31, 2007 for the construction of these branch locations totaling approximately $2,125,000.
 
Financial Condition
 
Our total assets were $2.885 billion at December 31, 2007, an increase of $444 million, or 18.2%, from $2.441 billion as of December 31, 2006. This growth is primarily attributable to an increase in loans and the People’s acquisition, as discussed below. Our average total assets for 2007 were $2.621 billion, which was supported by average total liabilities of $2.313 billion and average total stockholders’ equity of $308 million.
 
Recent Acquisitions
 
People’s Acquisition.  We completed the acquisition of 100% of the outstanding stock of People’s of Sarasota, Florida on July 27, 2007 in exchange for 6,635,125 shares of our common stock valued at approximately $74.0 million. The shares were valued by using the average of the closing prices of our stock for several days prior to and after the terms of the acquisition were agreed to and announced. The total purchase price, which includes certain direct acquisition costs, was $76.4 million. As a result of the acquisition, we now operate three banking locations in Sarasota and Manatee Counties, Florida. This area is a significant addition to our Florida market, which was expanded in 2006 by the Kensington acquisition discussed below.
 
The People’s transaction resulted in $47.4 million of goodwill allocated to the Florida reporting unit and $9.8 million of core deposit intangibles. The goodwill acquired is not tax-deductible. The amount allocated to the core deposit intangible was determined by an independent valuation and is being amortized over an estimated useful life of ten years based on the undiscounted cash flow.
 
Management is completing its plan to consolidate People’s data processing operations and convert People’s accounts to our system. This conversion is expected to be completed in the first quarter of 2008. Certain costs associated with this conversion totaling approximately $575,000, which primarily includes contract cancellation costs, were estimated and accrued as of the acquisition date. In addition, certain employment-related contract obligations totaling approximately $4.6 million were also accrued at the acquisition date.
 
The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition.
 
         
    Amount  
    (In thousands)  
 
Cash and due from banks
  $ 3,854  
Federal funds sold
    4,200  
Investment securities
    47,684  
Loans, net
    254,047  
Premises and equipment, net
    2,318  
Goodwill
    47,389  
Core deposit intangibles
    9,810  
Other assets
    10,612  
Deposits
    (245,459 )
Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements
    (6,905 )
Advances from FHLB
    (37,983 )
Junior subordinated debentures
    (3,962 )
Other liabilities
    (9,176 )
         
Total consideration paid for People’s
  $ 76,429  
         
 
Community Acquisition.  The Corporation completed the acquisition of 100% of the outstanding stock of Community Bancshares, Inc. (“Community”) of Blountsville, Alabama on November 7, 2006 in exchange for 8,072,179 shares of the Corporation’s common stock valued at approximately $92.8 million. The shares were valued by using the average of the closing prices of the Corporation’s stock for several days prior to and after the terms of the acquisition were agreed to and announced. The total purchase price, which includes certain direct


38


Table of Contents

acquisition costs and cash payments due for the cancellation of stock options totaled $97.2 million. As a result of the acquisition, the Corporation added 18 banking locations and 15 consumer finance company locations in the State of Alabama.
 
The Community transaction resulted in $60.2 million of goodwill allocated to the Alabama reporting unit and $10.1 million of core deposit intangibles. The goodwill acquired is not tax deductible. The amount allocated to the core deposit intangible was determined by an independent valuation and is being amortized over an estimated useful life of ten years based on the undiscounted cash flow.
 
During the third quarter of 2006, management completed its plan to terminate Community’s data processing operations and convert Community’s accounts to our system. This conversion was completed in the fourth quarter of 2006. Certain costs associated with this conversion totaling approximately $1.2 million, which included primarily contract cancellations and employment-related costs, were estimated and accrued as of the acquisition date.
 
The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition.
 
         
    Amount  
    (In thousands)  
 
Cash and due from banks
  $ 23,167  
Federal funds sold
    35,273  
Investment securities
    117,424  
Loans, net
    337,148  
Premises and equipment, net
    22,529  
Goodwill
    60,148  
Core deposit intangibles
    10,142  
Other assets
    21,185  
Deposits
    (431,334 )
FHLB advances
    (68,801 )
Junior subordinated debentures
    (12,047 )
Other liabilities
    (17,634 )
         
Total consideration paid for Community
  $ 97,200  
         
 
Kensington Acquisition.  We completed the acquisition of 100% of the outstanding stock of Kensington on August 31, 2006 in exchange for 6,226,722 shares of our common stock valued at approximately $71.2 million. The shares were valued by using the average of the closing prices of our stock for several days prior to and after the terms of the acquisition were agreed to and announced. The total purchase price, which includes certain direct acquisition costs, was $71.4 million As a result of the acquisition, we now operate 12 banking locations in the Tampa Bay area of Florida. This area will be our largest market and has a higher projected population growth than any of our current banking markets.
 
The Kensington transaction resulted in $44.5 million of goodwill allocated to the Florida reporting unit and $3.5 million of core deposit intangibles. The goodwill acquired is not tax deductible. The amount allocated to the core deposit intangible was determined by an independent valuation and is being amortized over an estimated useful life of ten years based on the undiscounted cash flow.
 
During the third quarter of 2006, management completed its plan to terminate Kensington’s data processing operations and convert Kensington’s accounts to our system. This conversion was completed in the first quarter of 2007. Certain costs associated with this conversion totaling approximately $1.4 million, which included primarily contract cancellations and employment-related costs, were estimated and accrued as of the acquisition date.


39


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition.
 
         
    Amount  
    (In thousands)  
 
Cash and due from banks
  $ 4,454  
Federal funds sold
    964  
Investment securities
    180,151  
Loans, net
    136,826  
Premises and equipment, net
    5,397  
Goodwill
    44,470  
Core deposit intangibles
    3,544  
Other assets
    5,128  
Deposits
    (276,186 )
Repurchase agreements
    (30,050 )
Other liabilities
    (3,326 )
         
Total consideration paid for Kensington
  $ 71,372  
         
 
Loans, net of unearned income.  Our loans, net of unearned income, totaled $2.017 billion at December 31, 2007, an increase of 23.0%, or $377 million, from $1.640 billion at December 31, 2006. Of the increase, approximately $235 million can be attributed to the People’s acquisition. Mortgage loans held for sale totaled $33.4 million at December 31, 2007, an increase of $9.0 million from $24.4 million at December 31, 2006. Average loans, including mortgage loans held for sale, totaled $1.839 billion for 2007, compared to $1.177 billion for 2006. Loans, net of unearned income, comprised 82.2% of interest-earning assets at December 31, 2007, compared to 78.7% at December 31, 2006. Mortgage loans held for sale comprised 1.4% of interest-earning assets at December 31, 2007, compared to 1.2% at December 31, 2006. The average yield of the loan portfolio was 8.18%, 7.87% and 6.75% for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The increase in average yield is primarily the result of a general increase in market rates.


40


Table of Contents

The following table details the distribution of our loan portfolio by category for the periods presented:
 
Distribution of Loans by Category
 
                                         
    December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Commercial and industrial
  $ 183,013     $ 172,872     $ 135,454     $ 134,688     $ 142,072  
Real estate — construction and land development(2)
    665,303       547,772       326,418       249,715       147,917  
Real estate — mortgages
                                       
Single-family
    540,277       456,341       243,183       250,758       231,064  
Commercial
    533,611       362,542       210,611       242,884       250,032  
Other
    41,535       46,895       27,503       25,764       31,645  
Consumer
    53,377       54,462       21,122       32,009       46,201  
Other(1)
    1,235       438       498       567       8,923  
                                         
Total loans
    2,018,351       1,641,322       964,789       936,385       857,854  
Unearned income
    (1,340 )     (1,794 )     (1,536 )     (1,517 )     (913 )
Allowance for loan losses
    (22,868 )     (18,892 )     (12,011 )     (12,543 )     (25,174 )
                                         
Net loans
  $ 1,994,143     $ 1,620,636     $ 951,242     $ 922,325     $ 831,767  
                                         
 
 
(1) Certain reclassifications were made to the 2004 amounts to conform to the 2005 presentation. This information was not available for periods prior to 2004.
 
(2) A further analysis of the components of our real estate construction and land development loans as of December 31, 2007 is as follows:
 
                                 
    December 31, 2007  
    Residential
    Commercial
             
    Development     Development     Other     Total  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Geographic Location
                               
Alabama
  $ 192,133     $ 60,407     $ 16,003     $ 268,543  
Florida
    195,460       162,286       18,564       376,310  
Other
    7,929       12,521             20,450  
                                 
Total
  $ 395,522     $ 235,214     $ 34,567     $ 665,303  
                                 
 
Additional information and analysis regarding our loan portfolio is included in the Business Section, Item 1, Part 1, under the heading “Loan Portfolio.”
 
The following table shows the amount of total loans, net of unearned income, by segment and the percent change for the dates indicated:
 
                         
    December 31,
    December 31,
    Percent
 
    2007     2006     Change  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Total loans, net of unearned income
  $ 2,017,011     $ 1,639,528       23.02 %
Alabama segment
    908,292       872,870       4.06  
Florida segment
    932,478       625,633       49.05  
Other
    176,241       141,025       24.97  
 
The repayment of loans as they mature is a source of liquidity for us. The following table sets forth our loans by category maturing within specified intervals at December 31, 2007. The information presented is based on the contractual maturities of the individual loans, including loans which may be subject to renewal at their contractual maturity. Renewal of such loans is subject to review and credit approval, as well as modification of terms upon their


41


Table of Contents

maturity. Consequently, management believes this treatment presents fairly the maturity and repricing of the loan portfolio.
 
Selected Loan Maturity and Interest Rate Sensitivity
 
                                                 
                            Rate Structure for Loans
 
          Over One Year
                Maturing Over One Year  
    One Year
    through Five
    Over Five
          Predetermined
    Floating or
 
    or Less     Years     Years     Total     Interest Rate     Adjustable Rate  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Commercial and industrial
  $ 106,751     $ 71,134     $ 5,128     $ 183,013     $ 44,089     $ 32,173  
Real estate — construction and land development
    527,030       102,955       35,318       665,303       40,660       97,613  
Real estate — mortgages Single-family
    44,526       149,168       346,583       540,277       142,452       353,299  
Commercial
    131,178       170,170       232,263       533,611       148,114       254,319  
Other
    16,010       12,407       13,118       41,535       15,328       10,197  
Consumer
    15,490       36,011       1,876       53,377       36,350       1,537  
Other
    1,235                   1,235              
                                                 
Total loans
  $ 842,220     $ 541,845     $ 634,286     $ 2,018,351     $ 426,993     $ 749,138  
                                                 
Percent to total loans
    41.7 %     26.8 %     31.4 %     100.0 %     21.2 %     37.1 %
                                                 
 
Allowance for Loan Losses.  We maintain an allowance for loan losses within a range we believe is adequate to absorb estimated losses inherent in the loan portfolio. We prepare a quarterly analysis to assess the risk in the loan portfolio and to determine the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. Generally, we estimate the allowance using specific reserves for impaired loans, and other factors, such as historical loss experience based on volume and types of loans, trends in classifications, volume and trends in delinquencies and non-accruals, national and local economic trends and conditions and other pertinent information. The level of allowance for loan losses to net loans will vary depending on the quarterly analysis.
 
We manage and control risk in the loan portfolio through adherence to credit standards established by the Board of Directors and implemented by senior management. These standards are set forth in a formal loan policy which establishes loan underwriting and approval procedures, sets limits on credit concentration and enforces regulatory requirements.
 
Loan portfolio concentration risk is reduced through concentration limits for borrowers and varying collateral types. Concentration risk is measured and reported to senior management and the board of directors on a regular basis.
 
The allowance for loan loss calculation is segregated into various segments that include classified loans, loans with specific allocations and pass rated loans. A pass rated loan is generally characterized by a very low to average risk of default and in which management perceives there is a minimal risk of loss. Loans are rated using an eight-point scale, with the loan officer having the primary responsibility for assigning risk ratings and for the timely reporting of changes in the risk ratings. These processes, and the assigned risk ratings, are subject to review by our internal loan review function and senior management. Based on the assigned risk ratings, the criticized and classified loans in the portfolio are segregated according to the following regulatory classifications: Special Mention, Substandard, Doubtful or Loss.
 
Pursuant to SFAS No. 114, impaired loans are specifically reviewed loans for which it is probable that we will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the terms of the loan agreement. Impairment is measured by comparing the recorded investment in the loan with the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, at the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. A valuation allowance is provided to the extent that the measure of the impaired loans is less than the recorded investment. A loan is not considered impaired during a period of delay in payment if we continue


42


Table of Contents

to expect that all amounts due will ultimately be collected according to the terms of the loan agreement. Larger groups of homogenous loans such as consumer installment and residential real estate mortgage loans are collectively evaluated for impairment.
 
Reserve percentages assigned to homogeneous loans are based on historical charge-off experience adjusted for current trends in the portfolio and other risk factors.
 
As stated above, risk ratings are subject to independent review by internal loan review, which also performs ongoing, independent review of the risk management process. The risk management process includes underwriting, documentation and collateral control. Loan review is centralized and independent of the lending function. The loan review results are reported to senior management and the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors. We have a centralized loan administration department to serve our entire bank. This department provides standardized oversight for compliance with loan approval authorities and bank lending policies and procedures, as well as centralized supervision, monitoring and accessibility.
 
We historically have allocated our allowance for loan losses to specific loan categories. Although the allowance is allocated, it is available to absorb losses in the entire loan portfolio. This allocation is made for estimation purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the allocation between categories in which future losses may occur.
 
Allocation of the Allowance for Loan Losses
 
                                                                                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  
          Percent
          Percent
          Percent
          Percent
          Percent
 
          of Loans
          of Loans
          of Loans
          of Loans
          of Loans
 
          in Each
          in Each
          in Each
          in Each
          in Each
 
          Category
          Category
          Category
          Category
          Category
 
          to Total
          to Total
          to Total
          to Total
          to Total
 
    Amount     Loans     Amount     Loans     Amount     Loans     Amount     Loans     Amount     Loans  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Commercial and industrial
  $ 2,697       9.1 %   $ 3,719       10.5 %   $ 3,805       14.0 %   $ 3,736       14.1 %   $ 10,110       16.6 %
Real estate — construction and land development
    9,396       33.0       3,425       33.4       1,275       33.8       1,009       26.6       1,099       17.2  
Real estate — mortgages
                                                                               
Single-family
    2,360       26.8       2,910       27.8       1,395       25.2       1,582       26.8       4,538       26.9  
Commercial
    6,781       26.4       6,206       22.0       4,194       21.8       4,594       25.9       7,613       29.1  
Other
    155       2.1       530       2.9       215       2.9       257       2.7       320       3.7  
Consumer
    1,479       2.6       2,102       3.4       1,127       2.2       1,336       3.0       1,374       5.4  
Other
                                  .1       29       .9       120       1.1  
                                                                                 
    $ 22,868       100.0 %   $ 18,892       100.0 %   $ 12,011       100.0 %   $ 12,543       100.0 %   $ 25,174       100.0 %
                                                                                 
 
The allowance as a percentage of loans, net of unearned income, at December 31, 2007 was 1.13%, compared to 1.15% as of December 31, 2006. Net charge-offs increased $2.0 million, from $2.3 million in 2006 to $4.3 million in 2007. Net charge-offs of commercial loans decreased $221,000, from $985,000 in 2006 to $764,000 in 2007. Net charge-offs of real estate loans increased $998,000, from $770,000 in 2006 to $1.77 million in 2007. Net charge-offs of consumer loans increased $1.19 million, to $1.75 million in 2007 from $561,000 in 2006. Net charge-offs as a percentage of the allowance for loan losses were 18.72% in 2007, up from 12.26% in 2006.
 
Our consumer loan charge-offs were higher during 2007 than in previous periods, primarily due to the addition of our consumer finance companies, which accounted for approximately $1.2 million, or 68.9%, of the total net consumer loan charge-offs. Going forward, we expect these losses to continue to be a substantial portion of the overall consumer loan loss experience for the bank; however, we believe the increased risk associated with these loans is generally offset by their higher yield.


43


Table of Contents

During 2007, management increased its allocation of the allowance for loan losses related to construction and land development real estate loans as a result of the increasing levels of risk associated with the general economic conditions related to construction and land development real estate portfolio throughout our franchise. Within this construction and land development portfolio, approximately $396 million, or 63%, was related to residential development and construction. Of the residential purpose loans, 49% were located in Florida at December 31, 2007. The largest category in the residential development and construction portfolio is related to development of single-family lots and single-family lots held by experienced, licensed builders for the future construction of single-family homes. This category represents approximately $158 million, or 40%, of this portfolio. Construction loans related to income-producing properties accounted for $235 million, or 35% or the total commercial construction and development loans. Geographically, approximately 69% of the total category was located in Florida, with the remaining loans located primarily in Alabama.
 
The allowance for loan losses as a percentage of nonperforming loans decreased to 90.31% at December 31, 2007 from 219.9% at December 31, 2006. Approximately $958,000 in allowance for loan losses has been allocated to nonperforming loans as of December 31, 2007. As of December 31, 2007, nonperforming loans totaled $25.3 million, of which $24.0 million, or 94.9%, were loans secured by real estate compared to $7.3 million, or 85.3%, as of December 31, 2006. Of the $958,000 in allowance for loan losses allocated to nonperforming loans, $680,000 is attributable to these real estate loans, with the remaining $278,000 allocated to remaining nonperforming loans, which consist primarily of commercial loans. (See “Nonperforming Assets”). Despite the overall decline in the allowance for loan losses as a percentage of nonperforming loans, management believes the overall allowance for loan losses to be adequate.


44


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes certain information with respect to our allowance for loan losses and the composition of charge-offs and recoveries for the periods indicated.
 
Summary of Loan Loss Experience
 
                                         
    Year  
    2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  
          (Dollars in thousands)        
 
Allowance for loan losses at beginning of year
  $ 18,892     $ 12,011     $ 12,543     $ 25,174     $ 27,766  
Allowance of acquired banks (branches sold)
    3,717       6,697                   (102 )
Charge-offs:
                                       
Commercial and industrial
    1,162       1,450       2,097       7,690       10,823  
Real estate — construction and land development
    301       378       358       765       630  
Real estate — mortgages
                                       
Single-family
    1,149       625       795       1,012       1,505  
Commercial
    724       416       1,432       5,820       6,696  
Other
    206       15       85       86       1,187  
Consumer
    2,117       860       630       1,881       3,092  
Other
    63       2       345       87       517  
                                         
Total charge-offs
    5,722       3,746       5,742       17,341       24,450  
Recoveries:
                                       
Commercial and industrial
    398       465       413       1,468       554  
Real estate — construction and land development
    286       126       37       4       23  
Real estate — mortgages
                                       
Single-family
    174       102       335       470       23  
Commercial
    70       363       526       737       49  
Other
    82       73       118       97       48  
Consumer
    382       301       280       549       282  
Other
    48             1       410       6  
                                         
Total recoveries
    1,440       1,430       1,710       3,735       985  
                                         
Net charge-offs
    4,282       2,316       4,032       13,606       23,465  
Provision for loan losses
    4,541       2,500       3,500       975       20,975  
                                         
Allowance for loan losses at end of year
  $ 22,868     $ 18,892     $ 12,011     $ 12,543     $ 25,174  
                                         
Loans at end of period, net of unearned income
  $ 2,017,011     $ 1,639,528     $ 963,253     $ 934,868     $ 856,941  
Average loans, net of unearned income
    1,814,032       1,176,844       947,212       894,406       1,063,451  
Ratio of ending allowance to ending loans
    1.13 %     1.15 %     1.25 %     1.34 %     2.94 %
Ratio of net charge-offs to average loans
    0.24       0.20       0.43       1.52       2.21  
Net charge-offs as a percentage of:
                                       
Provision for loan losses
    94.30       92.64       115.20       1,395.49       111.87  
Allowance for loan losses
    18.72       12.26       33.57       108.47       93.21  
Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of nonperforming loans
    90.31       219.88       252.76       169.36       78.59  
 
Nonperforming Assets.  Nonperforming assets increased $19.3 million, to $29.7 million as of December 31, 2007 from $10.4 million as of December 31, 2006. As a percentage of net loans plus nonperforming assets, nonperforming assets increased to 1.47% at December 31, 2007 from .63% at December 31, 2006. The overall increase in nonperforming assets was primarily related to the residential construction and mortgage loan portfolios. The increase in the construction category was directly related to three large northwest Florida construction credits over $1.0 million, where management does not currently expect significant losses. The increase in the residential


45


Table of Contents

mortgage category is primarily driven by single family residences with limited loss exposure. The following table represents our nonperforming assets for the dates shown.
 
Nonperforming Assets
 
                                         
    December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Nonaccrual
  $ 22,533     $ 7,773     $ 4,550     $ 6,344     $ 29,630  
Accruing loans 90 days or more delinquent
    2,117       514       49       431       1,438  
Restructured
    671       305       153       631       966  
                                         
Total nonperforming loans
    25,321       8,592       4,752       7,406       32,034  
Other real estate owned
    4,277       1,684       1,842       4,906       5,806  
Repossessed assets
    138       137             103       219  
                                         
Total nonperforming assets
  $ 29,736     $ 10,413     $ 6,594     $ 12,415     $ 38,059  
                                         
Nonperforming loans as a percentage of loans
    1.26 %     .52 %     .49 %     .79 %     3.74 %
                                         
Nonperforming assets as a percentage of loans plus nonperforming assets
    1.47 %     .63 %     .68 %     1.32 %     4.41 %
                                         
Nonperforming assets as a percentage of total assets
    1.03 %     .43 %     .47 %     .87 %     3.25 %
                                         
 
The following is a summary of nonperforming loans by category for the dates shown:
 
                                         
    December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Commercial and industrial
  $ 1,058     $ 704     $ 988     $ 2,445     $ 11,621  
Real estate — construction and land development
    10,569       2,067       469       187       1,735  
Real estate — mortgages
                                       
Single-family
    8,069       2,805       2,448       2,060       5,472  
Commercial
    4,045       1,765       675       2,273       12,378  
Other
    805       688       11       183       162  
Consumer
    775       559       161       250       465  
Other
          4             8       201  
                                         
Total nonperforming loans
  $ 25,321     $ 8,592     $ 4,752     $ 7,406     $ 32,034  
                                         
 
A delinquent loan is placed on nonaccrual status when it becomes 90 days or more past due and management believes, after considering economic and business conditions and collection efforts, that the borrower’s financial condition is such that the collection of interest is doubtful. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, all interest which has been accrued on the loan during the current period but remains unpaid is reversed and deducted from earnings as a reduction of reported interest income; any prior period accrued and unpaid interest is reversed and charged against the allowance for loan losses. No additional interest income is accrued on the loan balance until the collection of both principal and interest becomes reasonably certain. When a problem loan is finally resolved, there may be an actual write-down or charge-off of the principal balance of the loan to the allowance for loan losses, which may necessitate additional charges to earnings.
 
Impaired Loans.  At December 31, 2007, our recorded investment in impaired loans under SFAS 114 totaled $22.3 million, an increase of $15.4 million from $6.9 million at December 31, 2006. Approximately $10.6 million is located in the Alabama segment and $11.7 million is located in the Florida segment. Approximately $1.5 million of the allowance for loan losses is specifically allocated to these loans, providing 6.8% coverage. Additionally, $21.4 million, or 96.0%, of the $22.3 million in impaired loans is secured by real estate.


46


Table of Contents

The following is a summary of impaired loans and the specifically allocated allowance for loan losses by category as of December 31, 2007 and 2006:
 
                                 
    December 31, 2007     December 31, 2006  
    Outstanding
    Specific
    Outstanding
    Specific
 
    Balance     Allowance     Balance     Allowance  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Commercial and industrial
  $ 877     $ 56     $ 911     $ 405  
Real estate — construction and land development
    11,105       881       1,959       311  
Real estate — mortgages
                               
Single-family
    4,553       19       616       92  
Commercial
    4,972       464       2,381       656  
Other
    787       94       1,019       343  
                                 
Total
  $ 22,294     $ 1,514     $ 6,886     $ 1,807  
                                 
 
Potential Problem Loans.  In addition to nonperforming loans, management has identified $15-20 million in potential problem loans as of December 31, 2007. Potential problem loans are loans where known information about possible credit problems of the borrowers causes management to have doubts as to the ability of such borrowers to comply with the present repayment terms and may result in disclosure of such loans as nonperforming in future periods. The majority of these loans are located along the west coast of Florida which has been considerably affected by the recent downturn in the real estate markets. Management is actively working a plan of action to ensure that any loss exposure is mitigated and will continue to monitor their respective cash flow positions.
 
Investment Securities.  The investment securities portfolio comprised 14.7% of our total interest-earning assets as of December 31, 2007. Total securities averaged $350.6 million in 2007, compared to $274.1 million in 2006 and $262.6 million in 2005. The investment securities portfolio produced average taxable equivalent yields of 5.29%, 4.96%, and 4.57% for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006, and 2005, respectively. At December 31, 2007, our investment securities portfolio had an amortized cost of $362.0 million and an estimated fair value of $361.1 million and weighted average yield of 5.07%. The acquisition of People’s increased our tax-exempt investments in state and political subdivisions. Our investment in state and political subdivisions increased $27.7 million to $40.7 million from $13.0 million. Our average tax-equivalent yield on these securities was 6.27% during 2007. As of December 31, 2007, the tax-equivalent yield is approximately 6.41%.
 
The following table sets forth the amortized costs of the securities we held at the dates indicated.
 
Investment Portfolio
 
                         
    December 31,  
    Available for Sale  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
U.S. agencies
  $ 93,207     $ 113,259     $ 99,365  
State and political subdivisions
    40,738       12,977       8,729  
Mortgage-backed securities
    191,202       185,814       93,689  
Corporate debt
    32,404       38,883       38,064  
Other securities
    4,480       6,675       7,028  
                         
Total investment securities
  $ 362,031     $ 357,608     $ 246,875  
                         


47


Table of Contents

The following table shows the scheduled maturities and average yields of investment securities held at December 31, 2007.
 
Maturity Distribution of Investment Securities
 
                                                                                 
    Maturing  
          After One But
    After Five But
             
    Within One
    Within Five
    Within Ten
    After
       
    Year     Years     Years     Ten Years     Total  
    Amount     Yield     Amount     Yield     Amount     Yield     Amount     Yield     Amount     Yield  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Securities available for sale:
                                                                               
U.S. agencies
  $ 4,500       4.08 %   $ 49,700       4.28 %   $ 28,843       5.26 %   $ 10,164       5.18 %   $ 93,207       4.67 %
State and political subdivision
                2,076       3.32       5,877       4.38       32,785       4.26       40,738       4.23  
Mortgage-backed securities
    2,943       4.21       34,778       4.24       11,961       4.59       141,520       5.36       191,202       5.09  
Other securities
    535       4.05       7,083       6.72                   29,266       6.99       36,884       6.90  
                                                                                 
Total
  $ 7,978       4.13 %   $ 93,637       4.43 %   $ 46,681       4.98 %   $ 213,735       5.41 %   $ 362,031       5.07 %
                                                                                 
 
Tax lien certificates.  During 2007, we purchased $18 million in tax lien certificates from various municipalities primarily in Alabama, Indiana, Mississippi, New Jersey, and South Carolina. Tax lien certificates are carried at cost plus accrued interest, which approximates fair value. Tax lien certificates and resulting deeds are classified as nonaccrual when a tax lien certificate is 24 to 48 months delinquent, depending on the municipality, from the acquisition date. At that time, interest ceases to be accrued. As of December 31, 2007, there were no delinquent or nonperforming liens. The outstanding tax lien balances for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 were $15,615 and $16,313, respectively.
 
Short-term liquid assets.  Our short-term liquid assets (cash and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits in other banks and federal funds sold) decreased $22.6 million, or (26.3)%, to $63.4 million at December 31, 2007 from $86.0 million at December 31, 2006. At December 31, 2007 and 2006, our short-term liquid assets comprised 2.2% and 3.5% of total assets, respectively. We continually monitor our liquidity position and will increase or decrease our short-term liquid assets as necessary.
 
Property and Equipment.  Property and equipment totaled $104.8 million at December 31, 2007, an increase of 10.8%, or $10.2 million, from $94.6 million at December 31, 2006. This increase is primarily due to the purchase of land and the construction of branch facilities. The People’s acquisition added approximately $2.3 million in property and equipment. We also recorded the reclassification of certain properties to the held-for-sale category and the sale and lease-back of two branch facilities (See Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements). On January 30, 2008, we announced that our Bank entered into agreements with a limited liability company, of which one of our directors is a member, which purchased on January 31, 2008 office buildings located in Albertville and Athens, Alabama for a total of $4.3 million.
 
As a result of our acquisitions and recent sale-leaseback transactions our operating lease commitments have increased significantly. This resulted in a $1.2 million increase in rental expense to $2.5 million in for 2007 from $1.3 million in 2006. Please refer to our “Liquidity” discussion for the amount of future operating lease commitments.
 
Deposits.  Noninterest-bearing deposits totaled $207.6 million at December 31, 2007, an increase of 8.5%, or $16.3 million, from $191.3 million at December 31, 2006. Noninterest-bearing deposits were 9.4% of total deposits at December 31, 2007 compared to 10.2% at December 31, 2006.
 
Interest-bearing deposits totaled $1.993 billion at December 31, 2007, an increase of 18.7%, or $313 million, from $1.680 billion at December 31, 2006. Interest-bearing deposits averaged $1,791 billion for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $1.151 billion for the year ended December 31, 2006. The average rate paid on all interest-bearing deposits during 2007 was 4.45%, compared to 4.04% for 2006.
 
The People’s acquisition contributed approximately $245 million in deposits at the acquisition date. As of December 31, 2007, People’s deposits totaled approximately $241 million, of which $35 million were noninterest-bearing and $206 million were interest-bearing.


48


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the composition of our total deposit accounts at the dates indicated.
 
                         
    December 31,
    December 31,
    Percent
 
    2007     2006     Change  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Noninterest-bearing demand
  $ 207,602     $ 191,323       8.51 %
Alabama segment
    128,009       130,129       (1.63 )
Florida segment
    73,061       49,742       46.88  
Other
    6,532       11,452       (42.96 )
                         
Interest-bearing demand
    657,809       552,887       18.98  
Alabama segment
    295,794       220,514       34.14  
Florida segment
    253,017       115,528       119.01  
Other
    108,998       216,845       (49.73 )
                         
Savings
    59,507       42,717       39.31  
Alabama segment
    33,919       28,161       20.45  
Florida segment
    25,056       14,323       74.94  
Other
    532       233       128.33  
                         
Time deposits
    1,275,693       1,083,914       17.69  
Alabama segment
    694,380       592,900       17.12  
Florida segment
    462,071       341,161       35.44  
Other
    119,242       149,853       (20.43 )
                         
                         
Total deposits
  $ 2,200,611     $ 1,870,841       17.63 %
                         
Alabama segment
  $ 1,152,102     $ 971,704       18.57 %
                         
Florida segment
  $ 813,205     $ 520,754       56.16 %
                         
Other
  $ 235,304     $ 378,383       (37.81 )%
                         
 
At December 31, 2007 and 2006, we had deposits from related parties of approximately $35.8 million and $23.8 million, respectively. We believe that all of the deposit transactions were made on terms and conditions in the ordinary course of business.
 
The following table sets forth our average deposits by category for the periods indicated.
 
Average Deposits
 
                                                 
    Average for the Year  
    2007     2006     2005  
    Average
          Average
          Average
       
    Amount
    Average
    Amount
    Average
    Amount
    Average
 
    Outstanding     Rate Paid     Outstanding     Rate Paid     Outstanding     Rate Paid  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits
  $ 191,066       %   $ 111,757       %   $ 93,564       %
Interest-bearing demand deposits
    568,125       3.66       359,262       3.30       339,842       2.10  
Savings deposits
    50,652       1.61       27,968       .63       25,935       .15  
Time deposits-customer
    1,023,573       4.90       575,065       4.40       440,403       3.55  
                                                 
Total average customer deposits
    1,833,416       3.92       1,074,052       3.48       899,744       2.53  
                                                 
Time deposits-brokered
    148,369       5.31       189,722       4.83       166,738       3.07  
                                                 
Total average deposits
  $ 1,981,785       4.02 %   $ 1,263,774       3.68 %   $ 1,066,482       2.62 %
                                                 


49


Table of Contents

Deposits, particularly core deposits, have historically been our primary source of funding and have enabled us to meet successfully both our short-term and long-term liquidity needs. Our core deposits, which exclude our time deposits greater than $100,000, represent 71.8% of our total deposits at December 31, 2007 compared to 71.5% at December 31, 2006. We anticipate that such deposits will continue to be our primary source of funding in the future. Our loan-to-deposit ratio was 91.7% at December 31, 2007, compared to 87.7% at December 31, 2006.
 
The maturity distribution of our time deposits over $100,000 at December 31, 2007 is shown in the following table.
 
Maturities of Time Deposits of $100,000 or More
 
                                     
At December 31, 2007
Under
  3-6
  6-12
  Over
   
3 Months
  Months   Months   12 Months   Total
(Dollars in thousands)
 
$ 243,516     $ 206,256     $ 101,343     $ 69,603     $ 620,718  
                                     
 
Approximately 39.2% of our time deposits over $100,000 had scheduled maturities within three months of December 31, 2007. (These amounts include brokered CDs and State of Alabama Time Demand Open Account). We believe customers who hold a large denomination certificate of deposit tend to be extremely sensitive to interest rate levels, making these deposits a less reliable source of funding for liquidity planning purposes than core deposits.
 
Borrowed Funds.  During 2007, average borrowed funds increased $20.8 million, or 9.1%, to $249.4 million, from $228.6 million during 2006, which in turn increased $41.3 million, or 22.1%, from $187.3 million during 2005. The average rate paid on borrowed funds during 2007, 2006 and 2005 was 5.20%, 5.07%, and 4.00%, respectively. Because of a relatively high loan-to-deposit ratio, the existence and stability of these funding sources are important to our maintenance of short-term and long-term liquidity.
 
Borrowed funds as of December 31, 2007 consist primarily of advances from the FHLB. The following is a summary, by year of contractual maturity, of advances from the FHLB as of December 31, 2007 and 2006:
 
                                 
    2007     2006  
    Weighted
          Weighted
       
Year
  Average Rate     Balance     Average Rate     Balance  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
2007
    %   $       5.37 %   $ 42,000  
2008
    4.62       74,488       5.38       55,500  
2009
    4.33       30,032       5.39       27,000  
2010
    4.83       25,000       6.41       5,000  
2011
    4.80       4,968              
2012
    4.49       30,000              
2015
    5.39       26,340       5.39       26,340  
2020
    4.28       32,000       4.28       32,000  
                                 
Total
    4.63 %   $ 222,828       5.22 %   $ 187,840  
                                 
 
The above schedule is by contractual maturity. Call dates for the above are as follows: 2008, $154.0; and 2010, $11.3.
 
The advances are secured by a blanket lien on certain residential and commercial real estate loans all with a carrying value of approximately $346.0 at December 31, 2007. We have available approximately $174.0 in unused advances under the blanket lien subject to the availability of qualifying collateral.
 
In February 2008, FHLB advances totaling $100.0 million were refinanced to lower the current interest rate in response to current market conditions. This refinancing was accounted for as debt modification, therefore no gain or loss was recognized on the transaction.


50


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the current terms of the refinanced advances by contractual maturity:
 
                         
          Weighted
       
    Current
    Average Rate
       
    Weighted
    Before
    Balance
 
Matures
  Average Rate     Refinancing     (In thousands)  
 
2011
    2.77 %     4.60 %   $ 25,000  
2013
    3.46       4.21       35,000  
2015
    4.05       4.57       40,000  
                         
Total
    3.52 %     4.45 %   $ 100,000  
                         
 
Call dates for the refinanced advances are as follows: 2009, $25.0; and 2010, $75.0.
 
The FHLB has issued for the benefit of the Bank a $20.0 irrevocable letter of credit in favor of the Chief Financial Officer of the State of Florida to secure certain deposits of the State of Florida. The letter of credit expires January 4, 2008 upon sixty days’ prior notice of non-renewal; otherwise, it shall automatically extend for a successive one-year term.
 
We have available approximately $35.0 million in unused federal funds lines of credit with regional banks, subject to certain restrictions and collateral requirements.
 
Junior subordinated debentures.  On July 19, 2007, we issued approximately $22 million in aggregate principal amount of Trust Preferred Securities and a like amount of related subordinated debentures through our wholly-owned, unconsolidated subsidiary trust, Superior Capital Trust I. The Trust Preferred Securities and subordinated debentures bear interest at a floating rate of three-month LIBOR plus 1.33% that is payable quarterly. The Trust Preferred Securities, which may be redeemed on or after September 15, 2012, will mature on September 15, 2037.
 
On July 25, 2007, we completed a redemption of approximately $16 million in aggregate outstanding principal amount of Trust Preferred Securities and related six-month LIBOR plus 3.75% junior subordinated debentures due July 25, 2031, both of which were issued by our wholly-owned, unconsolidated subsidiary trust, TBC Capital Statutory Trust III. We called the securities for redemption effective July 25, 2007 at a redemption price equal to 106.15% of par. We incurred a loss of approximately $1.5 million ($925,000, net of tax, or $.02 per share), during the third quarter of 2007 relating to the redemption of the outstanding Trust Preferred Securities.
 
The remaining proceeds from the issuance of the new trust preferred securities were used in the stock repurchase program and for other corporate purposes.
 
We have three additional sponsored trusts, TBC Capital II, Community Capital I and Peoples Trust I, of which 100% of the common equity is owned by us. The trusts were formed for the purpose of issuing Corporation-obligated mandatory redeemable trust preferred securities to third-party investors and investing the proceeds from the sale of such trust preferred securities solely in junior subordinated debt securities of ours (the debentures). The debentures held by each trust are the sole assets of that trust. Distributions on the trust preferred securities issued by each trust are payable semi-annually at a rate per annum equal to the interest rate being earned by the trust on the debentures held by that trust. The trust preferred securities are subject to mandatory redemption, in whole or in part, upon repayment of the debentures. We have entered into agreements which, taken collectively, fully and unconditionally guarantee the trust preferred securities subject to the terms of each of the guarantees. The debentures held by the TBC Capital II, Community Capital I and Peoples Trust I trusts are first redeemable, in whole or in part, by us on September 7, 2010, March 8, 2010 and December 15, 2010, respectively.
 
The trust preferred securities held by the trusts qualify as Tier 1 capital for us under regulatory guidelines.


51


Table of Contents

Consolidated debt obligations related to these subsidiary trusts are as follows (in thousands):
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
 
10.6% junior subordinated debentures owed to TBC Capital Statutory Trust II due September 7, 2030
  $ 15,464     $ 15,464  
6-month LIBOR plus 3.75% junior subordinated debentures owed to TBC Capital Statutory Trust III due July 25, 2031
          16,495  
10.875% junior subordinated debentures owed to Community Capital Trust I due March 8, 2030
    10,310       10,310  
3-month LIBOR plus 1.33% junior subordinated debentures owed to Superior Capital Trust I due September 15, 2037(1)
    22,681        
6.41% junior subordinated debentures owed to Peoples Community Capital Trust I due December 15, 2035(2)
    4,124        
Purchase accounting adjustment
    1,165       1,737  
                 
Total junior subordinated debentures owed to unconsolidated subsidiary trusts
  $ 53,744     $ 44,006  
                 
 
 
(1) Current interest rate is equal to 6.32% at December 31, 2007.
 
(2) Converts to quarterly floating rate of LIBOR plus 1.45% in December 2010.
 
Stockholders’ Equity
 
Stockholders’ equity increased $74.0 million during 2007, to $350.1 million at December 31, 2007 from $276.1 million at December 31, 2006. As of December 31, 2007, we had 41,522,633 shares of common stock issued and 40,108,317 shares outstanding. As of December 31, 2007, there were 1,390,145 shares held in treasury at a total cost of $12,309,000. We had no shares of preferred stock issued at December 31, 2007. In March 2008, our Board of Directors approved, subject to approval by our stockholders, a proposed amendment to Superior Bancorp’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation effecting a 1-for-4 reverse split of its issued and outstanding shares of common stock and decreasing the number of our authorized shares of common stock from 60 million to 15 million. The 1-for-4 reverse stock split and reduction of authorized shares are contingent on approval of this proposal by the requisite vote of the stockholders at our 2008 annual meeting of stockholders, and the filing of the proposed amendment with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, We anticipate that the reverse stock split will be effective shortly after the 2008 annual meeting of stockholders, in accordance with the terms of the proposed amendment.
 
Stock Repurchase Plan.  We announced in June 2007 that our Board of Directors had approved the repurchase of up to 1,000,000 shares of our outstanding common stock. During the quarter ended September 30, 2007, the Corporation purchased 1,000,000 shares of then outstanding stock at an average price of $9.22 per share, which have been recorded, at cost, as treasury stock in the consolidated statement of financial condition. The shares were purchased in the open market through negotiated or block transactions and were not repurchased from our management team or other insiders.
 
We announced in October 2007, that our Board of Directors approved the purchase of an additional 1,000,000 shares of our outstanding common stock beginning on or after November 2, 2007. During the quarter ended December 31, 2007, we purchased 182,000 shares of then outstanding stock at an average price of $6.61, which have been recorded, at cost, as treasury stock in the consolidated statement of financial condition. The shares were purchased in the open market through negotiated or block transactions. We did not repurchase any shares from our management team or other insiders. This stock repurchase program does not obligate us to acquire any specific number of shares and may be suspended or discontinued at any time.
 
Stock Incentive Plan.  We established a stock incentive plan for directors and certain key employees that provides for the granting of restricted stock and incentive and nonqualified options to purchase up to 2,500,000 shares of our common stock. The compensation committee of the Board of Directors determines the terms of the restricted stock and options granted. All options granted have a maximum term of ten years from the grant date, and the option price per share of options granted cannot be less than the fair market value of our common


52


Table of Contents

stock on the grant date. Some of the options granted under the plan in the past vested over a five-year period, while others vested based on certain benchmarks relating to the trading price of our common stock, with an outside vesting date of five years from the date of grant. More recent grants have followed this benchmark-vesting formula. During the first quarter of 2005, we granted 1,690,937 options to the new management team. These options have exercise prices ranging from $8.17 to $9.63 per share and were granted outside of the stock incentive plan as part of the inducement package for new management
 
In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123R, Share-Based Payment (“SFAS 123R”), which is a revision of SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation (“SFAS 123”), and supersedes Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees (“APB Opinion 25”). The new standard, which became effective for us in the first quarter of 2006, requires companies to recognize an expense in the statement of operations for the grant-date fair value of stock options and other equity-based compensation issued to employees, but expresses no preference for a type of valuation method. This expense will be recognized over the period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award. SFAS 123R carries forward prior guidance on accounting for awards to non-employees. If an equity award is modified after the grant date, incremental compensation cost will be recognized in an amount equal to the excess of the fair value of the modified award over the fair value of the original award immediately prior to the modification. We are recognizing compensation expense for any stock awards granted after December 31, 2006. Since all of the Corporation’s stock option awards granted prior to December 31, 2005 have vested in full, no future compensation expense will be recognized on these awards.
 
We adopted the provisions of SFAS 123R using the modified-prospective transition method. Under that transition method, compensation cost recognized in 2007 and 2006 includes $473,000 and $165,000, respectively, in compensation cost for all share-based payments granted subsequent to December 31, 2005, based on the grant-date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123R. Results for prior periods have not been restated.
 
The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant based upon the Black-Scholes pricing model that uses the assumptions found in Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements. The risk-free interest rate is based on the implied yield on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a remaining term equal to the expected term.
 
Expected volatility has been estimated based on historical data. The expected term has been estimated based on the five-year vesting date and change of control provisions.
 
Our board of directors approved the full vesting as of November 15, 2005 of all unvested stock options outstanding at that date. The effect of this accelerated vesting is reflected in the pro forma net loss and pro forma loss per share figures in Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. During the fourth quarter of 2005, the pro forma after-tax effect of compensation costs for stock-based employee compensation awards totaled $2.1 million, or $0.10 per share. In conjunction with the Board’s approval of the full vesting, members of the our senior management team announced that they would not accept any performance bonus for which they might have been eligible at year-end 2005. The number of shares represented by unvested options that were vested effective November 15, 2005 is approximately 800,000, of which approximately 665,000 were held by our directors and executive officers.
 
In January 2008, members of our management received restricted stock grants totaling 107,150 shares. This grant excludes certain senior executive management who received cash under the short-term management incentive plan in lieu of restricted stock. The grant date fair value is equal to $4.64 per share or $497,000 which will be recognized over the next 24-month period as 50% of the stock vests on January 22, 2009 and 50% vests on January 22, 2010. If the executive’s employment terminates prior to a vesting date for any reason other than death, disability or a change in control, the unvested stock is forfeited. Unvested stock becomes immediately vested upon death, disability or a change in control. Under the restricted stock agreements, the stock may not be sold or assigned in any manner during the vesting period, but the executive will have the rights of a shareholder with respect to the stock (i.e. vote, receive dividends, etc), prior to vesting.
 
Superior Bancorp ESOP.  Effective August 31, 2007, we terminated the Superior Bancorp Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the “ESOP”). The ESOP was leveraged, and a promissory note existed between the ESOP and us


53


Table of Contents

that had a remaining balance of $1,165,000 at the termination date. The promissory note was satisfied by the transfer from the ESOP to us of 127,469 unallocated shares of Corporation common stock valued at a price of $9.14 per share, the closing price that day. We transferred these shares during the third quarter of 2007 to treasury stock at current market value from the unallocated ESOP shares account. The remaining 17,178 unallocated shares were committed to be allocated to the participants’ accounts, and, as a result, we recognized additional compensation expense during the third quarter of 2007 of approximately $158,000.
 
On January 29, 2003, the ESOP trustees finalized a $2.1 promissory note, which has been fully repaid as discussed above, to reimburse us for the funds used to leverage the ESOP. The unreleased shares and our guarantee secured the promissory note, which had been classified as notes payable on our statement of financial condition. As the debt was repaid, shares were released from collateral based on the proportion of debt service. Principal payments on the debt were $17,500 per month for 120 months. The interest rate adjusted to the Wall Street Journal prime rate. Interest expense incurred on the debt in 2007, 2006, and 2005 totaled $82,000, $122,000, and $98,000, respectively. Total contributions to the plan during 2007, 2006, and 2005 totaled $1,326,000, $322,000, and $313,000, respectively. Released shares were allocated to eligible employees at the end of the plan year based on the employee’s eligible compensation to total compensation. We recognized compensation expense during the period as the shares were earned and committed to be released. As shares were committed to be released and compensation expense was recognized, the shares became outstanding for basic and diluted earnings per share computations. The amount of compensation expense we reported is equal to the average fair value of the shares earned and committed to be released during the period. Compensation expense that we recognized during the period ended December 31, 2007, 2006. and 2005 was $371,000, $304,000, and $281,000, respectively. The ESOP shares as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 were as follows:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2006     2005  
 
Allocated shares
    70,519       52,501  
Estimated shares committed to be released
    26,700       26,700  
Unreleased shares
    164,672       191,372  
                 
Total ESOP shares
    261,891       270,573  
                 
Fair value of unreleased shares
  $ 1,867,000     $ 2,184,000  
                 
 
Community Bancshares ESOP.  As a result of our merger with Community, we became a sponsor of an internally leveraged ESOP maintained by Community. This ESOP has an outstanding loan to us that bears interest at a floating rate equal to the prime rate of interest. As of December 31, 2007, the interest rate on the note was 7.25%. Principal and interest payments on the ESOP loan are due monthly through August, 2011, based on the current amortization schedule, with the remaining principal and interest, if any, due upon that date. The ESOP loan may be prepaid in whole or in part without penalty under the loan agreement, subject to applicable ERISA and tax restrictions. We make contributions to the ESOP that enable the ESOP to make payments due under the ESOP loan. Under Statement of Position No. 93-6 (“SOP 93-6), “Employer’s Accounting for Employee Stock Ownership Plans,” employers that sponsor an ESOP with an employer loan should not report the ESOP’s note payable or the employer’s note receivable in the employer’s statement of condition, nor should interest cost or interest income be recognized on the employer loan. We have followed SOP 93-6 accordingly. The principal balance of the loan from the ESOP at December 31, 2007 was $941,000.
 
An employee becomes a participant in the ESOP after completing 12 months of service during which the employee is credited with 1,000 hours or more of service. Contributions to the plan are made at the discretion of the board but may not be less than the amount required to service the ESOP debt. Under the terms of the ESOP, after a person ceases to be an employee of ours, that person is no longer eligible to participate in the ESOP. In that case, the person may demand to receive all stock credited to his benefit under the ESOP as of the end of the year immediately preceding that person’s termination of employment with us.


54


Table of Contents

Dividends paid on released ESOP shares are credited to the accounts of the participants to whom the shares are allocated. Dividends on unreleased shares may be used to repay the debt associated with the ESOP or treated as other income of the ESOP and allocated to the participants. Compensation cost recognized during the period ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 were $125,000 and $39,000, respectively. The ESOP shares as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 are as follows:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
 
Allocated shares
    333,840       319,774  
Estimated shares committed to be released
    11,932       14,066  
Unreleased shares
    54,727       66,659  
                 
Total ESOP shares
    400,499       400,499  
                 
Fair value of unreleased shares
  $ 294,000     $ 756,000  
                 
 
Regulatory Capital.  During the fourth quarter of 2005, we became a unitary thrift holding company and, as such, we are subject to regulation, examination and supervision by the OTS.
 
Simultaneously, the Bank’s charter was changed to a federal savings bank charter, and the Bank is also subject to various regulatory requirements administered by the OTS. Prior to November 1, 2005, the Bank was regulated by the Alabama Banking Department and the Federal Reserve. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on our financial position and results of operations. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of its assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Bank’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.
 
Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of tangible and core capital (as defined in the regulations) to adjusted total assets (as defined), and of total capital (as defined) and Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets (as defined). Management believes, as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, that the Bank meets all applicable capital adequacy requirements.
 
The table below represents the Bank’s actual regulatory and minimum regulatory capital requirements at December 31, 2007 (dollars in thousands):
 
                                                 
                To Be Well
 
          For Capital
    Capitalized Under
 
          Adequacy
    Prompt Corrective
 
    Actual     Purposes     Action  
    Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio  
 
As of December 31, 2007
                                               
Tier 1 Core Capital (to Adjusted Total Assets)
  $ 204,145       7.64 %   $ 106,872       4.00 %   $ 133,591       5.00 %
Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
    225,602       10.45       172,683       8.00       215,854       10.00  
Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
    204,145       9.46       N/A       N/A       129,513       6.00  
Tangible Capital (to Adjusted Total Assets)
    204,145       7.64       40,077       1.50       N/A       N/A  
 
Impact of Inflation
 
Unlike most industrial companies, our assets and liabilities are primarily monetary in nature. Therefore, interest rates have a more significant effect on our performance than do the effects of changes in the general rate of inflation and changes in prices. In addition, interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or in the


55


Table of Contents

same magnitude as the prices of goods and services. We seek to manage the relationships between interest sensitive assets and liabilities in order to protect against wide interest rate fluctuations, including those resulting from inflation.
 
Forward-Looking Statements
 
The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 provides a safe harbor for forward-looking statements made by us or on our behalf. Some of the disclosures in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including any statements preceded by, followed by or which include the words “may,” “could,” “should,” “will,” “would,” “hope,” “might,” “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “assume” or similar expressions constitute forward-looking statements.
 
These forward-looking statements, implicitly and explicitly, include the assumptions underlying the statements and other information with respect to our beliefs, plans, objectives, goals, expectations, anticipations, estimates, intentions, financial condition, results of operations, future performance and business, including our expectations and estimates with respect to our revenues, expenses, earnings, return on equity, return on assets, efficiency ratio, asset quality, the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses and other financial data and capital and performance ratios.
 
Although we believe that the expectations reflected in our forward-looking statements are reasonable, these statements involve risks and uncertainties which are subject to change based on various important factors (some of which are beyond our control). The following factors, among others, could cause our financial performance to differ materially from our goals, plans, objectives, intentions, expectations and other forward-looking statements: (1) the strength of the United States economy in general and the strength of the regional and local economies in which we conduct operations; (2) the effects of, and changes in, trade, monetary and fiscal policies and laws, including interest rate policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System; (3) inflation, interest rate, market and monetary fluctuations; (4) our ability to successfully integrate the assets, liabilities, customers, systems and management we acquire or merge into our operations; (5) our timely development of new products and services in a changing environment, including the features, pricing and quality compared to the products and services of our competitors; (6) the willingness of users to substitute competitors’ products and services for our products and services; (7) the impact of changes in financial services policies, laws and regulations, including laws, regulations and policies concerning taxes, banking, securities and insurance, and the application thereof by regulatory bodies; (8) our ability to resolve any legal proceeding on acceptable terms and its effect on our financial condition or results of operations; (9) technological changes; (10) changes in consumer spending and savings habits; (11) the effect of natural disasters, such as hurricanes, in our geographic markets; and (12) regulatory, legal or judicial proceedings.
 
If one or more of the factors affecting our forward-looking information and statements proves incorrect, then our actual results, performance or achievements could differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, forward-looking information and statements contained in this annual report. Therefore, we caution you not to place undue reliance on our forward-looking information and statements.
 
We do not intend to update our forward-looking information and statements, whether written or oral, to reflect change. All forward-looking statements attributable to us are expressly qualified by these cautionary statements.
 
Item 7A.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risks.
 
Please refer to “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Market Risk — Interest Rate Sensitivity,” which is incorporated herein by reference.
 
Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
 
Consolidated financial statements of Superior Bancorp meeting the requirements of Regulation S-X are filed on the succeeding pages of this Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.


56


 

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005
 
CONTENTS
 
         
    58  
    59  
    60  
    61  
    62  
    63  
    64  


57


Table of Contents

 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
Board of Directors and Shareholders
Superior Bancorp
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statement of financial condition of Superior Bancorp (a Delaware corporation) and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2007, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2007. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Superior Bancorp and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2007, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2007 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Superior Bancorp’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) and our report dated March 14, 2008, expressed an unqualified opinion.
 
/s/  GRANT THORNTON LLP
 
Raleigh, North Carolina
March 14, 2008


58


Table of Contents

 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
To the Board of Directors
Superior Bancorp
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of Superior Bancorp (formerly, The Banc Corporation) and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2006, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2006. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Superior Bancorp and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2006, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2006, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
 
As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, in 2006, the Company changed its method of accounting for post-retirement benefit plans and share-based compensation.
 
/s/  Carr, Riggs & Ingram, LLC
 
Dothan, Alabama
March 16, 2007


59


Table of Contents

SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
    (In Thousands)  
 
ASSETS
Cash and due from banks
  $ 52,983     $ 49,783  
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks
    6,916       10,994  
Federal funds sold
    3,452       25,185  
Investment securities available for sale
    361,171       354,716  
Tax lien certificates
    15,615       16,313  
Mortgage loans held for sale
    33,408       24,433  
Loans
    2,018,351       1,641,322  
Unearned income
    (1,340 )     (1,794 )
                 
Loans, net of unearned income
    2,017,011       1,639,528  
Allowance for loan losses
    (22,868 )     (18,892 )
                 
Net loans
    1,994,143       1,620,636  
Premises and equipment, net
    104,799       94,626  
Accrued interest receivable
    16,512       14,387  
Stock in FHLB and Federal Reserve Bank
    14,945       12,382  
Cash surrender value of life insurance
    45,277       40,598  
Goodwill and intangible assets
    187,520       129,520  
Other assets
    48,684       47,417  
                 
Total assets
  $ 2,885,425     $ 2,440,990  
                 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Deposits:
               
Noninterest-bearing demand
  $ 207,602     $ 191,323  
Interest-bearing demand
    657,809       552,887  
Savings
    59,507       42,717  
Time deposits $100,000 and over
    620,718       533,700  
Other time deposits
    654,975       550,214  
                 
Total deposits
    2,200,611       1,870,841  
Advances from FHLB
    222,828       187,840  
Federal funds borrowed and security repurchase agreements
    17,075       23,415  
Notes payable
    9,500       5,545  
Junior subordinated debentures owed to unconsolidated subsidiary trusts
    53,744       44,006  
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
    31,625       33,256  
                 
Total liabilities
    2,535,383       2,164,903  
                 
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 6 and 17) 
               
Stockholders’ equity:
               
Convertible preferred stock, par value $.001 per share; shares authorized 5,000,000; -0- shares issued and outstanding in 2007 and in 2006
           
Common stock, par value $.001 per share; shares authorized 60,000,000; shares issued 41,522,633 in 2007 and 34,732,345 in 2006; outstanding 40,108,317 in 2007 and 34,651,669 in 2006
    41       35  
Surplus
    329,201       253,815  
Retained earnings
    33,557       26,491  
Accumulated other comprehensive gain (loss)
    174       (1,452 )
Treasury stock, at cost — 1,390,145 and 80,676 shares, respectively
    (12,309 )     (716 )
Unearned ESOP stock
    (622 )     (2,086 )
                 
Total stockholders’ equity
    350,042       276,087  
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 2,885,425     $ 2,440,990  
                 
 
See accompanying notes


60


Table of Contents

SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)  
 
Interest income:
                       
Interest and fees on loans
  $ 150,443     $ 92,659     $ 63,895  
Interest on taxable securities
    17,174       12,994       11,632  
Interest on tax exempt securities
    897       389       246  
Interest on federal funds sold
    471       570       460  
Interest and dividends on other investments
    2,944       2,165       1,047  
                         
Total interest income
    171,929       108,777       77,280  
Interest expense:
                       
Interest on deposits
    79,667       46,511       27,915  
Interest expense on advances from FHLB and other borrowed funds
    12,971       11,603       7,493  
Interest on subordinated debentures
    4,129       3,269       2,847  
                         
Total interest expense
    96,767       61,383       38,255  
                         
Net interest income
    75,162       47,394       39,025  
Provision for loan losses
    4,541       2,500       3,500  
                         
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
    70,621       44,894       35,525  
Noninterest income:
                       
Service charges and fees
    7,957       4,915       4,687  
Mortgage banking income
    3,860       2,997       2,558  
Investment securities gain (losses)
    308             (948 )
Change in fair value of derivatives
    1,310       374       (325 )
Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance
    1,895       1,580       1,544  
Insurance proceeds
                5,114  
Other
    4,027       1,945       2,067  
                         
Total noninterest income
    19,357       11,811       14,697  
Noninterest expenses:
                       
Salaries and employee benefits
    42,316       26,805       23,104  
Occupancy and equipment
    13,391       7,754       7,680  
Management separation costs
          265       15,467  
Amortization of core deposit intangibles
    1,691       442       286  
Loss on debt extinguishment
    1,469              
Merger costs
    639       635        
Loss on termination of ESOP
    158              
Subsidiary startup costs
          135        
Other
    18,559       13,749       14,083  
                         
Total noninterest expenses
    78,223       49,785       60,620  
                         
Income (loss) before income taxes
    11,755       6,920       (10,398 )
Income tax expense (benefit)
    4,134       1,923       (4,612 )
                         
Net income (loss)
    7,621       4,997       (5,786 )
Preferred stock dividends
                305  
Preferred stock conversion
                2,006  
                         
Net income (loss) applicable to common stockholders
  $ 7,621     $ 4,997     $ (8,097 )
                         
Weighted average common shares outstanding
    36,974       23,409       19,154  
Weighted average common shares outstanding, assuming dilution
    37,332       24,034       19,154  
Basic net income (loss) per common share
  $ 0.21     $ 0.21     $ (.42 )
Diluted net income (loss) per common share
    0.20       0.21       (.42 )
 
See accompanying notes


61


Table of Contents

SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
                                                                         
                            Accumulated
                         
                            Other
          Unearned
    Unearned
    Total
 
    Common
    Surplus     Retained
    Comprehensive
    Treasury
    ESOP
    Restricted
    Stockholders’
 
    Stock     Common     Preferred     Earnings     Gain (Loss)     Stock     Stock     Stock     Equity  
    (In Thousands, Except Share Data)  
 
Balance at January 1, 2005
  $ 18     $ 68,428     $ 6,193     $ 29,591     $ (1,094 )   $ (390 )   $ (1,758 )   $ (449 )   $ 100,539  
Comprehensive income:
                                                                       
Net loss
                      (5,786 )                             (5,786 )
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax benefit of $984, unrealized loss on securities available for sale, arising during the period, net of reclassification adjustment
                            (1,473 )                       (1,473 )
Change in accumulated gain on cash flow hedging instrument, net of tax expense of $16
                            23                         23  
                                                                         
Comprehensive loss
                                                                    (7,236 )
Issuance of 925,636 shares to new executive management and others in a private placement
    1       7,328                                           7,329  
Issuance of 8,191 shares of treasury stock
          34                         49                   83  
Issuance of 49,375 shares of restricted stock
          403                                     (122 )     281  
Preferred dividends declared
                      (305 )                             (305 )
Preferred stock conversion — 775,000 shares
    1       8,198       (6,193 )     (2,006 )                              
Stock options exercised — 474,684 shares
          3,727                                           3,727  
Forfeiture of unearned restricted stock
          (204 )                                   204        
Amortization of unearned restricted stock
                                              367       367  
Release of 26,700 shares by ESOP
          65                               215             280  
                                                                         
Balance at December 31, 2005
    20       87,979             21,494       (2,544 )     (341 )     (1,543 )           105,065  
Comprehensive income:
                                                                       
Net income
                      4,997                               4,997  
Other comprehensive income, net of tax expense of $556, unrealized gain on securities available for sale, arising during the period, net of reclassification adjustment
                            831                         831  
Change in accumulated gain on cash flow hedge, net of tax
                            (23 )                       (23 )
Change in pension liability net of tax effect
                            284                         284  
                                                                         
Comprehensive income
                                                                    6,089  
Issuance of 4,873 shares of treasury stock
          20                         32                   52  
Issuance of 6,226,722 shares for Kensington purchase
    6       70,965                                           70,971  
Issuance of 56,170 shares related to board compensation
          569                                           569  
Issuance of 8,072,179 shares for Community
    8       93,045                         (407 )     (759 )           91,887  
Stock options exercised — 155,818 shares
    1       991                                           992  
Compensation expense related to stock options
          159                                           159  
Release of 26,700 shares by ESOP
          87                               216             303  
                                                                         
Balance at December 31, 2006
    35       253,815             26,491       (1,452 )     (716 )     (2,086 )           276,087  
Adoption of FIN 48
                      (555 )                             (555 )
Comprehensive income:
                                                                       
Net income
                      7,621                               7,621  
Other comprehensive income, net of tax expense of $798, unrealized gain on securities available for sale, arising during the period, net of reclassification adjustment
                            1,238                         1,238  
Change in pension liability, net of tax effect
                            388                         388  
                                                                         
Comprehensive income
                                                                    9,247  
Repurchase of 1,182,000 shares of treasury stock
                                  (10,428 )                 (10,428 )
Issuance of 6,635,125 shares for People’s purchase
    6       73,798                                           73,804  
Issuance of 27,765 shares related to board compensation
          278                                           278  
Stock options exercised — 85,000 shares
          640                                           640  
Compensation expense related to stock options
          472                                           472  
Release of 49,135 shares by ESOP
          198                               299             497  
Termination of ESOP — 127,469 shares transferred
                                  (1,165 )     1,165              
                                                                         
Balance at December 31, 2007
  $ 41     $ 329,201     $     $ 33,557     $ 174     $ (12,309 )   $ (622 )   $     $ 350,042  
                                                                         
 
See accompanying notes


62


Table of Contents

SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (In Thousands)  
 
Operating activities
                       
Net income (loss)
  $ 7,621     $ 4,997     $ (5,786 )
Adjustments to reconcile net income(loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operations:
                       
Depreciation
    4,630       3,245       3,275  
Amortization of intangibles
    1,868              
Net (discount) premium amortization on securities
    (116 )     298       531  
(Gain) loss on sale of investment securities
    (308 )           948  
Loss on foreclosed assets
    170       181       818  
Provision for loan losses
    4,541       2,500       3,500  
Decrease in accrued interest receivable
    (386 )     (750 )     (844 )
Deferred income tax expense (benefit)
    4,021       1,923       (3,168 )
Gain on sale of assets/branches
    (139 )     (254 )      
Net increase in mortgage loans held for sale
    (8,975 )     (1,993 )     (13,260 )
Other operating activities, net
    (9,184 )     (3,781 )     4,202  
                         
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
    3,743       6,366       (9,784 )
Investing activities
                       
Decrease in interest bearing deposits in other banks
    4,078       1,222       1,639  
Decrease in federal funds sold
    25,933       11,052       11,000  
Proceeds from sales of investment securities available for sale
    18,378       215,717       57,372  
Proceeds from maturities of investment securities available for sale
    82,873       39,233       40,642  
Purchase of investment securities available for sale
    (59,910 )     (72,319 )     (56,233 )
Net increase in loans
    (132,769 )     (200,837 )     (34,225 )
Net cash received in business combinations
    1,231       18,642        
Net redemptions (purchase) of tax lien certificates
    698       (16,024 )     (273 )
Purchase of premises and equipment
    (23,833 )     (13,813 )     (2,665 )
Proceeds from sale of premises and equipment
    5,630       1,835       3,343  
Proceeds from sale of foreclosed assets
    7,327       1,722       4,155  
Other investing activities, net
    1,442       2,087       1,247  
                         
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
    (68,922 )     (11,483 )     26,002  
Financing activities
                       
Net (decrease) increase in demand and savings deposits
    (7,824 )     59,375       50,236  
Net increase (decrease) in time deposits
    92,150       60,766       (73,747 )
(Decrease) increase in FHLB advances
    (2,995 )     (62,051 )     25,000  
Proceeds from note payable
    10,000       2,000        
Principal payment on note payable
    (6,045 )     (210 )     (210 )
Net (decrease) increase in other borrowed funds
    (13,304 )     (41,060 )     (16,050 )
Proceeds from issuance of junior subordinated debentures
    22,680              
Principal payment on junior subordinated debentures
    (16,495 )            
Purchase of treasury stock
    (10,428 )            
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
    640       992       10,457  
Cash dividends paid
                (305 )
                         
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    68,379       19,812       (4,619 )
                         
Increase in cash and due from banks
    3,200       14,695       11,599  
Cash and due from banks at beginning of year
    49,783       35,088       23,489  
                         
Cash and due from banks at end of year
  $ 52,983     $ 49,783     $ 35,088  
                         
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information
                       
Cash paid (received) during the year for:
                       
Interest
  $ 97,848     $ 56,831     $ 37,790  
Income taxes
    (564 )     (1,706 )     (3,066 )
Transfer of foreclosed assets
    9,239       935       1,804  
Assets acquired in business combinations
    376,061       1,006,674        
Liabilities assumed in business combinations
    303,487       838,102        
Issuance of common stock in acquisitions
    73,804       162,858        
 
See accompanying notes


63


Table of Contents

SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005
 
1.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
Superior Bancorp (“Corporation”), through its subsidiaries, provides a full range of banking and bank-related services to individual and corporate customers in Alabama and Florida. The accounting and reporting policies of the Corporation conform with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and to general practice within the banking industry. The following summarizes the most significant of these policies.
 
Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation
 
The accompanying consolidated financial statements and notes to consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions or balances have been eliminated in consolidation.
 
Certain amounts in prior year financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.
 
Use of Estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
For the purpose of presentation in the statements of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents are defined as those amounts included in the statements of financial condition caption “Cash and Due from Banks.”
 
The Corporation’s banking subsidiary is required to maintain minimum average reserve balances by the Federal Reserve Bank, which are based on a percentage of deposits. At December 31, 2007 and 2006, the Corporation’s reserve requirements were $6,759,000 and $10,800,000, which it was in full compliance.
 
Investment Securities
 
Investment securities are classified as either held to maturity, available for sale or trading at the time of purchase. The Corporation defines held to maturity securities as debt securities which management has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity.
 
Held to maturity securities are reported at cost, adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts that are recognized in interest income using the effective yield method.
 
Securities available for sale are reported at fair value and consist of bonds, notes, debentures, and certain equity securities not classified as trading securities nor as securities to be held to maturity. Unrealized holding gains and losses, net of deferred taxes, on securities available for sale are excluded from earnings and reported in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) within stockholders’ equity.
 
Gains and losses on the sale of securities available for sale are determined using the specific-identification method.
 
Tax lien certificates
 
Tax lien certificates represent a priority lien against real property for which assessed real estate taxes are delinquent. Tax lien certificates are carried at cost plus accrued interest which approximates fair value. Tax lien


64


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
1.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies — (Continued)
 
certificates and resulting deeds are classified as non-accrual when a tax lien certificate is 24 to 48 months delinquent, depending on the municipality, from the acquisition date at which time, interest ceases to be accrued.
 
Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses
 
Loans are stated at the amount of unpaid principal, reduced by unearned income and an allowance for loan losses. The Corporation defers certain nonrefundable loan origination and commitment fees and the direct costs of originating or acquiring loans. The net deferred amount is amortized over the estimated lives of the related loans as an adjustment to yield. Interest income with respect to loans is accrued on the principal amount outstanding, except for loans classified as nonaccrual.
 
Accrual of interest is discontinued on loans which are more than ninety days past due unless the loan is well secured and in the process of collection. “Well secured” means that the debt must be secured by collateral having sufficient realizable value to discharge the debt, including accrued interest, in full. “In the process of collection” means that collection of the debt is proceeding in due course either through legal action or other collection effort that is reasonably expected to result in repayment of the debt in full within a reasonable period of time, usually within one hundred eighty days of the date the loan became past due. Any unpaid interest previously accrued on these loans is reversed from income. Interest payments received on these loans are applied as a reduction of the loan principal balance.
 
Under the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 114, Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan, impaired loans are specifically reviewed loans for which it is probable that the Corporation will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the terms of the loan agreement. Impairment is measured by comparing the recorded investment in the loan with the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, at the loans observable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. A valuation allowance is provided to the extent that the measure of the impaired loans is less than the recorded investment. A loan is not considered impaired during a period of delay in payment if the ultimate collectibility of all amounts due is expected. Larger groups of homogenous loans such as consumer installment and residential real estate mortgage loans are collectively evaluated for impairment. Payments received on impaired loans for which the ultimate collectibility of principal is uncertain are generally applied first as principal reductions. Impaired loans and other nonaccrual loans are returned to accrual status if the loan is brought contractually current as to both principal and interest and repayment ability is demonstrated, or if the loan is in the process of collection and no loss is anticipated.
 
The allowance for loan loss is considered to be a significant estimate and is established through a provision for loan losses charged to expense. Loans are charged against the allowance for loan losses when management believes the collectibility of principal is unlikely. The allowance is the amount that management believes will be adequate to absorb inherent losses on existing loans.
 
Management prepares a quarterly analysis to assess the risk in the loan portfolio and to determine the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. Generally, management estimates the allowance using specific reserves for impaired loans under SFAS 114, and other factors, such as historical loss experience based on volume and types of loans, trends in classifications, volume and trends in delinquencies and non-accruals, national and local economic trends and conditions and other pertinent information. The level of allowance for loan losses to net loans may vary depending on the quarterly analysis.
 
The Corporation manages and controls risk in the loan portfolio through adherence to credit standards established by the Board of Directors and implemented by senior management. These standards are set forth in a formal loan policy which establishes loan underwriting and approval procedures, sets limits on credit concentration and enforces regulatory requirements.


65


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
1.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies — (Continued)
 
Loan portfolio concentration risk is reduced through concentration limits for borrowers and varying collateral types. Concentration risk is measured and reported to senior management and the board of directors on a regular basis.
 
The allowance for loan loss calculation is segregated into various segments that include classified loans, loans with specific allocations and pass rated loans. A pass rated loan is generally characterized by a very low to average risk of default and in which management perceives there is a minimal risk of loss. Loans are rated using an eight-point scale, with the loan officer having the primary responsibility for assigning risk ratings and for the timely reporting of changes in the risk ratings. These processes, and the assigned risk ratings, are subject to review by our internal loan review function and senior management. Based on the assigned risk ratings, the criticized and classified loans in the portfolio are segregated according to the following regulatory classifications: Special Mention, Substandard, Doubtful or Loss.
 
Reserve percentages assigned to homogeneous loans are based on historical charge-off experience adjusted for current trends in the portfolio and other risk factors.
 
As stated above, risk ratings are subject to independent review by internal loan review, which also performs ongoing, independent review of the risk management process. The risk management process includes underwriting, documentation and collateral control. Loan review is centralized and independent of the lending function. The loan review results are reported to senior management and the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors. We have a centralized loan administration department to serve our entire bank. This department provides standardized oversight for compliance with loan approval authorities and bank lending policies and procedures, as well as centralized supervision, monitoring and accessibility.
 
Acquired Loans
 
The Corporation generally acquires loans through business combinations rather than individually or in groups or portfolios. An acquired loan which has experienced deterioration of credit quality between origination and the acquisition, and for which it is probable that the Corporation will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the loan’s contractual terms, is accounted for under the provisions of Statement of Position 03-3, Accounting for Certain Loans or Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer (“SOP 03-3”). For such loans, the Corporation estimates the amount and timing of undiscounted expected principal, interest, and other cash flows (including expected prepayments, if any) as of the acquisition date. The excess of the loan’s contractually required cash flows over the Corporation expected cash flows is referred to as a nonaccretable difference and is not recorded by the Corporation. The loan is initially recorded at fair value, which represents the present value of the expected cash flows. The difference between the undiscounted expected cash flows and the fair value at which the loan is recorded is referred to as accretable yield and is accreted into interest income over the remaining expected life of the loan.
 
On a quarterly basis, the Corporation updates its estimate of cash flows expected to be collected. If the estimated cash flows have decreased, the Corporation will recognize a loss by reducing the accretable yield. If the estimated cash flows have increased, the Corporation will increase the accretable yield which is accreted on a prospective basis over the loan’s remaining life.
 
Mortgage Loans Held for Sale
 
Mortgage loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or market, determined on a net aggregate basis. The carrying value of these loans is adjusted for any origination fees and cost incurred to originate these loans. Differences between the carrying amount of mortgage loans held for sale and the amounts received upon sale are credited or charged to income at the time the proceeds of the sale are collected. The fair values are based on quoted market prices of similar loans, adjusted for differences in loan characteristics.


66


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
1.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies — (Continued)
 
Premises and Equipment
 
Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is computed over the estimated service lives of the assets using straight-line and accelerated methods, generally using 5 to 40 years for premises and 5 to 10 years for furniture and equipment.
 
Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to operations as incurred; expenditures for renewals and betterments are capitalized and written off by depreciation charges. Property retired or sold is removed from the asset and related accumulated depreciation accounts and any gain or loss resulting there from is reflected in the statement of operations.
 
The Corporation reviews any long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable.
 
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
 
At December 31, 2007 and 2006, goodwill totaled $162,467,000 and $114,458,000, respectively. SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (“SFAS 142”) requires goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives to no longer be amortized but instead tested for impairment at least annually in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 142. (See Note 2 — Business Combinations)
 
The Corporation has determined that its reporting units for purposes of this testing are the operating branches which are included as part of its reportable segments: the Alabama Region and the Florida Region. Goodwill is allocated to each reporting unit based on the location of the acquisitions as follows:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
    (In Thousands)  
 
Alabama Region
  $ 65,899     $ 64,950  
Florida Region
    96,568       49,508  
                 
Total
  $ 162,467     $ 114,458  
                 
 
The first step in testing requires that the fair value of each reporting unit be determined. If the carrying amount of any reporting unit exceeds its fair value, goodwill impairment may be indicated. The determination of the fair value of each reporting unit is considered to be a significant estimate.
 
The Corporation performs the annual impairment test as of December 31. As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, the Corporation determined no impairment existed.
 
At December 31, 2007 and 2006, the Corporation’s core deposit intangible, which is being amortized over ten years from the date of acquisition, was as follows:
 
                 
    2007     2006  
    (In Thousands)  
 
Core deposit intangible
  $ 26,355     $ 16,545  
Accumulated amortization
    (3,238 )     (1,547 )
                 
Net core deposit intangible
  $ 23,117     $ 14,998  
                 


67


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
1.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies — (Continued)
 
Amortization expense was $1,691,000, $442,000, and $286,000 for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006, and 2005, respectively. Aggregate amortization expense for the years ending December 31, 2008 through December 31, 2012, is estimated to be as follows:
 
         
Year
  Annual Expense  
    (In Thousands)  
 
2008
  $ 3,584  
2009
    3,942  
2010
    3,479  
2011
    3,049  
2012
    2,492  
         
Total
  $ 16,546  
         
 
Other Real Estate
 
Other real estate, acquired through partial or total satisfaction of loans, is carried at the lower of cost or fair value, less estimated selling expenses, in other assets. At the date of acquisition, any difference between the fair value and book value of the asset is charged to the allowance for loan losses. Subsequent gains or losses on the sale or losses from the valuation of and the cost of maintaining and operating other real estate are included in other income or expense. Other real estate totaled $4,378,000 and $1,684,000 at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively and is included in other assets on the accompanying consolidated statement of financial condition.
 
Security Repurchase Agreements
 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are generally accounted for as collateralized financing transactions and are recorded at the amounts at which the securities were sold plus accrued interest. Securities, generally U.S. government and Federal agency securities, pledged as collateral under these financing arrangements cannot be sold or repledged by the secured party.
 
Income Taxes
 
The consolidated financial statements are prepared on the accrual basis. The Corporation accounts for income taxes using the liability method pursuant to SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to reverse.
 
In July 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes (“FIN 48”). This interpretation clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in a company’s financial statements in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes. Specifically, the pronouncement prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The interpretation also provides guidance on the related recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting for interim periods, disclosure and transition of uncertain tax positions. The interpretation was effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. The Corporation adopted FIN 48 on January 1, 2007 (see Note 14).


68


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
1.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies — (Continued)
 
Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments
 
In the ordinary course of business the Corporation has entered into off-balance sheet financial instruments consisting of commitments to extend credit, commitments under credit card arrangements and commercial letters of credit and standby letters of credit. Such financial instruments are recorded in the financial statements when they become payable to the extent that they do not qualify as derivatives.
 
Per Share Amounts
 
Earnings per common share computations are based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the periods presented.
 
Diluted earnings per common share computations are based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period, plus the dilutive effect of stock options, convertible preferred stock and restricted stock awards.
 
Stock-Based Compensation
 
In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123R, Share-Based Payment (“SFAS 123R”), which is a revision of SFAS 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, and supersedes Opinion 25. The new standard, which became effective for the Corporation in the first quarter of 2006, requires companies to recognize an expense in the statement of operations for the grant-date fair value of stock options and other equity-based compensation issued to employees, but expresses no preference for a type of valuation method. This expense is recognized over the period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award. SFAS 123R carries forward prior guidance on accounting for awards to non-employees. If an equity award is modified after the grant date, incremental compensation cost will be recognized in an amount equal to the excess of the fair value of the modified award over the fair value of the original award immediately prior to the modification. The Corporation will recognize compensation expense for any stock awards granted after December 31, 2005. Since all of the Corporation’s stock option awards granted prior to December 31, 2005 vested prior to December 31, 2005, no future compensation expense will be recognized on these awards (see Note 12).
 
Pension Plan
 
Liabilities and contributions to the plan are calculated using the actuarial unit credit method of funding, (see “Recent Accounting Pronouncements — Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158.”)
 
Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities
 
SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (“SFAS 133”), requires companies to recognize all of their derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities in the statement of financial position at fair value.
 
Derivative financial instruments that qualify under SFAS 133 in a hedging relationship are designated, based on the exposure being hedged, as either fair value or cash flow hedges. Fair value hedge relationships mitigate exposure to the change in fair value of an asset, liability or firm commitment. Under the fair value hedging model, gains or losses attributable to the change in fair value of the derivative instrument, as well as the gains and losses attributable to the change in fair value of the hedged item, are recognized in earnings in the period in which the change in fair value occurs.
 
Cash flow hedge relationships mitigate exposure to the variability of future cash flows or other forecasted transactions. Under the cash flow hedging model, the effective portion of the gain or loss related to the derivative instrument, if any, is recognized as a component of other comprehensive income. For derivative financial


69


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
1.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies — (Continued)
 
instruments not designated as a fair value or cash flow hedges, gains and losses related to the change in fair value are recognized in earnings during the period of change in fair value.
 
The Corporation formally documents all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. This process includes linking all derivative instruments that are designated as fair-value or cash-flow hedges to specific assets and liabilities on the balance sheet or to specific firm commitments or forecasted transactions.
 
The Corporation also formally assesses, both at the hedge’s inception and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivative instruments that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of hedged items. When it is determined that a derivative instrument is not highly effective as a hedge or that it has ceased to be a highly effective hedge, the Corporation discontinues hedge accounting prospectively, as discussed below.
 
The Corporation discontinues hedge accounting prospectively when: (1) it is determined that the derivative instrument is no longer effective in offsetting changes in the fair value or cash flows of a hedged item (including firm commitments or forecasted transactions); (2) the derivative instrument expires or is sold, terminated or exercised; (3) the derivative instrument is de-designated as a hedge instrument, because it is unlikely that a forecasted transaction will occur; (4) a hedged firm commitment no longer meets the definition of a firm commitment; or (5) management determines that designation of the derivative instrument as a hedge instrument is no longer appropriate.
 
When hedge accounting is discontinued because it is determined that the derivative instrument no longer qualifies as an effective fair-value hedge, the derivative instrument will continue to be carried on the balance sheet at its fair value and the hedged asset or liability will no longer be adjusted for changes in fair value. When hedge accounting is discontinued because the hedged item no longer meets the definition of a firm commitment, the derivative instrument will continue to be carried on the balance sheet at its fair value and any asset or liability that was recorded pursuant to recognition of the firm commitment will be removed from the balance sheet and recognized as a gain or loss in the then-current-period earnings. When hedge accounting is discontinued because it is probable that a forecasted transaction will not occur, the derivative instrument will continue to be carried on the balance sheet at its fair value, and gains and losses that were accumulated in other comprehensive income will be recognized immediately in earnings. When the derivative instrument is de-designated, terminated or sold, any gain or loss will remain in accumulated other comprehensive income and will be reclassified into earnings over the same period during which the underlying hedged item affects earnings. In all other situations in which hedge accounting is discontinued, the derivative instrument will be carried at its fair value on the balance sheet, with changes in its fair value recognized in the then-current-period earnings.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 155
 
In February 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 155, Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments (“SFAS 155”), which: (1) permits fair value remeasurement for any hybrid financial instrument that contains an embedded derivative that otherwise would require bifurcation, (2) clarifies which interest-only strips and principal-only strips are not subject to the requirements of SFAS 133, (3) establishes a requirement to evaluate interests in securitized financial assets to identify interests that are freestanding derivatives or that are hybrid financial instruments that contain an embedded derivative requiring bifurcation, (4) clarifies that concentrations of credit in the form of subordination are not embedded derivatives, and (5) amends SFAS No. 140, Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities — a replacement of FASB Statement No. 125, to eliminate the prohibition of a qualifying special-purpose entity from holding a derivative financial instrument that pertains to a beneficial interest other than another derivative financial instrument. SFAS 155 was applicable to


70


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
1.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies — (Continued)
 
the Corporation for period beginning January 1, 2007. The provisions of SFAS 155 did not have a material impact on the Corporation.
 
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 156
 
In March 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 156, Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets (“SFAS 156”), which: (1) provides revised guidance on when a servicing asset and servicing liability should be recognized, (2) requires all separately recognized servicing assets and servicing liabilities to be initially measured at fair value, if practicable, (3) permits an entity to elect to measure servicing assets and servicing liabilities at fair value each reporting date and report changes in fair value in earnings in the period in which the changes occur, (4) upon initial adoption, permits a one-time reclassification of available-for-sale securities to trading securities for securities which are identified as offsetting the entity’s exposure to changes in the fair value of servicing assets or liabilities that a servicer elects to subsequently measure at fair value, and (5) requires separate presentation of servicing assets and servicing liabilities subsequently measured at fair value in the statement of financial position and additional footnote disclosures. SFAS 156 was applicable to the Corporation beginning January 1, 2007, and did not have a material impact on the Corporation.
 
FASB Interpretation No. 48
 
In July 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes. This interpretation clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in a company’s financial statements in accordance with SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes. Specifically, the pronouncement prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The interpretation also provides guidance on the related derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting for interim periods, disclosure and transition of uncertain tax positions. The interpretation was effective for the Corporation beginning January 1, 2007. See Note 14 for the related impact of the adoption of FIN 48.
 
FSP No. 48-1 “Definition of Settlement in FASB Interpretation No. 48.”
 
FSP 48-1 provides guidance on how to determine whether a tax position is effectively settled for the purpose of recognizing previously unrecognized tax benefits. FSP 48-1 was effective retroactively to January 1, 2007 and did not significantly impact the Corporation’s financial statements.
 
Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 06-05
 
In September 2006, the FASB ratified a consensus reached by the Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) on Issue No. 06-05, Accounting for Purchases of Life Insurance — Determining the Amount That Could Be Realized in Accordance with FASB Technical Bulletin No. 85-4. Technical Bulletin No. 85-4,Accounting for Purchases of Life Insurance,” requires that the amount that could be realized under a life insurance contract as of the date of the statement of financial position should be reported as an asset. The EITF concluded that a policyholder should consider any additional amounts (i.e., amounts other than cash surrender value) included in the contractual terms of the policy in determining the amount that could be realized under the insurance contract. When it is probable that contractual restrictions would limit the amount that could be realized, these contractual limitations should be considered when determining the realizable amounts. Amounts that are recoverable by the policyholder at the discretion of the insurance company should be excluded from the amount that could be realized. Amounts that are recoverable beyond one year from the surrender of the policy should be discounted to present value. A policyholder should determine the amount that could be realized under the insurance contract assuming the surrender of an individual-life by individual-life policy (or certificate by certificate in a group policy). Any amount that would ultimately be realized by the policyholder upon the assumed surrender of the final policy (or final certificate in a


71


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
1.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies — (Continued)
 
group policy) should be included in the amount that could be realized under the insurance contract. A policyholder should not discount the cash surrender value component of the amount that could be realized when contractual restrictions on the ability to surrender a policy exist. However, if the contractual limitations prescribe that the cash surrender value component of the amount that could be realized is a fixed amount, then the amount that could be realized should be discounted. EITF Issue No. 06- 05 was effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. The application of EITF Issue No. 06-05 did not have a material impact on the Corporation’s financial condition or results of operations.
 
Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108
 
In September 2006, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 108, Quantifying Financial Misstatements, which expresses the Staff’s views regarding the process of quantifying financial statement misstatements. Registrants are required to quantify the impact of correcting all misstatements, including both the carryover and reversing effects of prior year misstatements, on the current year financial statements. The techniques most commonly used in practice to accumulate and quantify misstatements are generally referred to as the “rollover” (current year income statement perspective) and “iron curtain” (year-end balance perspective) approaches. The financial statements would require adjustment when either approach results in quantifying a misstatement that is material, after considering all relevant quantitative and qualitative factors. This guidance did not have a material effect on the Corporation’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
 
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans — an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132(R) (“SFAS 158”). SFAS 158 requires employers to fully recognize the obligations associated with single-employer defined benefit pension, retiree healthcare and other postretirement plans in their financial statements. SFAS 158 requires an employer to (a) recognize in its statement of financial position an asset for a plan’s over funded status or a liability for a plan’s under funded status, (b) measure a plan’s assets and its obligations that determine its funded status at the end of the employer’s fiscal year and (c) recognize changes in the funded status of a defined postretirement plan in the year in which the changes occur. Those changes will be reported in the comprehensive income of a business entity. The requirement to recognize the funded status of a benefit plan and the disclosure requirements were effective as of the end of the fiscal year ending after December 15, 2006, for publicly traded companies. The requirement to measure plan assets and benefit obligations as of the date of the employer’s fiscal year-end statement of financial position is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2008. SFAS 158 did not have a material impact on the Corporation’s statement of financial position at December 31, 2006 or on the Corporation’s comprehensive income for the period ended December 31, 2006.
 
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (“SFAS 157”). SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS 157 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. Management has evaluated the provisions of SFAS 157 and does not believe that the adoption of this standard will have a material impact on the Corporation’s financial statements.
 
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 159
 
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (“SFAS 159”). SFAS 159 would allow the Corporation to make an irrevocable election to measure certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses on the elected items recognized


72


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
1.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies — (Continued)
 
in earnings at each reporting period. The fair value option may only be elected at the time of initial recognition of a financial asset or financial liability or upon the occurrence of certain specified events. The election is applied on an instrument by instrument basis, with a few exceptions, and is applied only to entire instruments and not to portions of instruments. SFAS 159 also provides expanded disclosure requirements regarding the effects of electing the fair value option on the financial statements. SFAS 159 is effective prospectively for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The Corporation has evaluated SFAS 159 and determined that the fair value option will not be elected for any financial asset or liability currently reported on the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements.
 
Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 06-04
 
In July 2006, the EITF issued a draft abstract for EITF Issue No. 06-04, Accounting for Deferred Compensation and Postretirement Benefit Aspects of Endorsement Split-Dollar Life Insurance Arrangement. This draft abstract from the EITF reached a consensus that for an endorsement split-dollar life insurance arrangement within the scope of this Issue, an employer should recognize a liability for future benefits in accordance with SFAS No. 106, Employers’ Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions. The EITF concluded that a liability for the benefit obligation under SFAS No. 106 has not been settled through the purchase of an endorsement type life insurance policy. In September 2006, FASB agreed to ratify the consensus reached in EITF Issue No. 06-04. This new accounting standard will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2007. At December 31, 2007, the Corporation had no endorsement split-dollar life insurance arrangements outstanding on any of its bank- owned life insurance.
 
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 160
 
SFAS No. 160, Noncontrolling Interest in Consolidated Financial Statements, an amendment of ARB Statement No. 51 (“SFAS 160”).  SFAS 160 amends Accounting Research Bulletin (ARB) No. 51, “Consolidated Financial Statements,” to establish accounting and reporting standards for the non-controlling interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. SFAS 160 clarifies that a non-controlling interest in a subsidiary, which is sometimes referred to as minority interest, is an ownership interest in the consolidated entity that should be reported as a component of equity in the consolidated financial statements. Among other requirements, SFAS 160 requires consolidated net income to be reported at amounts that include the amounts attributable to both the parent and the non-controlling interest. It also requires disclosure, on the face of the consolidated income statement, of the amounts of consolidated net income attributable to the parent and to the non-controlling interest. SFAS 160 is effective for the Corporation on January 1, 2009 and is not expected to have a significant impact on the Corporation’s financial statements.
 
Staff Accounting Bulletin 109
 
SAB No. 109, Written Loan Commitments Recorded at Fair Value Through Earnings (“SAB 109”).  SAB 109 supersedes SAB 105, “Application of Accounting Principles to Loan Commitments,” and indicates that the expected net future cash flows related to the associated servicing of the loan should be included in the measurement of all written loan commitments that are accounted for at fair value through earnings. The guidance in SAB 109 is applied on a prospective basis to derivative loan commitments issued or modified in fiscal quarters beginning after December 15, 2007. SAB 109 is not expected to have a material impact on the Corporation’s financial statements.
 
2.   Business Combinations
 
People’s Acquisition
 
The Corporation completed the acquisition of 100% of the outstanding stock of People’s Community Bancshares, Inc. (“People’s”), of Sarasota, Florida on July 27, 2007 in exchange for 6,635,125 shares of the


73


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
2.   Business Combinations — (Continued)
 
Corporation’s common stock valued at approximately $73,982,000. The shares were valued by using the average of the closing prices of the Corporation’s stock for several days prior to and after the terms of the acquisition were agreed to and announced. The total purchase price, which includes certain direct acquisition costs, was $76,429,000. As a result of the acquisition, the Corporation now operates three banking locations in Sarasota and Manatee Counties, Florida. This area is a significant addition to the Corporation’s largest market, which was expanded in 2006 by the Kensington acquisition discussed below.
 
The People’s transaction resulted in $47,389,000 of goodwill allocated to the Florida reporting unit and $9,810,000 of core deposit intangibles. The goodwill acquired is not tax-deductible. The amount allocated to the core deposit intangible was determined by an independent valuation and is being amortized over an estimated useful life of ten years based on the undiscounted cash flow.
 
Management is completing its plan to consolidate People’s data processing operations and convert People’s accounts to the Corporation’s system. This conversion is expected to be completed in the first quarter of 2008. Certain costs associated with this conversion totaling approximately $575,000, which primarily includes contract cancellation costs, were estimated and accrued as of the acquisition date. In addition, certain employment-related contract obligations totaling approximately $4,600,000 were also accrued at the acquisition date.
 
The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition.
 
         
    Amount  
    (In thousands)  
 
Cash and due from banks
  $ 3,854  
Federal funds sold
    4,200  
Investment securities
    47,684  
Loans, net
    254,047  
Premises and equipment, net
    2,318  
Goodwill
    47,389  
Core deposit intangibles
    9,810  
Other assets
    10,612  
Deposits
    (245,459 )
Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements
    (6,905 )
Advances from FHLB
    (37,983 )
Junior subordinated debentures
    (3,962 )
Other liabilities
    (9,176 )
         
Total consideration paid for People’s
  $ 76,429  
         
 
Community Acquisition
 
The Corporation completed the acquisition of 100% of the outstanding stock of Community Bancshares, Inc. (“Community”) of Blountsville, Alabama on November 7, 2006 in exchange for 8,072,179 shares of the Corporation’s common stock valued at approximately $91,848,000. The shares were valued by using the average of the closing prices of the Corporation’s stock for several days prior to and after the terms of the acquisition were agreed to and announced. The total purchase price, which includes certain direct acquisition costs and cash payments due for the cancellation of stock options totaled $97,200,000. As a result of the acquisition, the Corporation added 18 banking locations and 15 consumer finance company locations in the State of Alabama.


74


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
2.   Business Combinations — (Continued)
 
The Community transaction resulted in $60,148,000 of goodwill allocated to the Alabama reporting unit and $10,142,000 of core deposit intangibles. The goodwill acquired is not tax deductible. The amount allocated to the core deposit intangible was determined by an independent valuation and is being amortized over an estimated useful life of ten years based on the undiscounted cash flow.
 
During the third quarter of 2006, management completed its plan to terminate Community’s data processing operations and convert Community’s accounts to the Corporation’s system. This conversion was completed in the fourth quarter of 2006. Certain costs associated with this conversion, totaling approximately $1,200,000, which included primarily contract cancellations and employment-related costs, were estimated and accrued as of the acquisition date. In addition, certain employment-related contract obligations totaling approximately $3,500,000 were also accrued as of the acquisition date.
 
The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition.
 
         
    Amount  
    (In thousands)  
 
Cash and due from banks
  $ 23,167  
Federal funds sold
    35,273  
Investment securities
    117,424  
Loans, net
    337,148  
Premises and equipment, net
    22,529  
Goodwill
    60,148  
Core deposit intangibles
    10,142  
Other assets
    21,185  
Deposits
    (431,334 )
FHLB advances
    (68,801 )
Junior subordinated debentures
    (12,047 )
Other liabilities
    (17,634 )
         
Total consideration paid for Community
  $ 97,200  
         
 
Kensington Acquisition
 
The Corporation completed the acquisition of 100% of the outstanding stock of Kensington Bankshares, Inc. (“Kensington”), of Tampa, Florida on August 31, 2006 in exchange for 6,226,722 shares of the Corporation’s common stock valued at approximately $71,200,000. The shares were valued by using the average of the closing prices of the Corporation’s stock for several days prior to and after the terms of the acquisition were agreed to and announced. The total purchase price, which includes certain direct acquisition costs, was $71,372,000. As a result of the acquisition, the Corporation now operates 12 banking locations in the Tampa Bay area of Florida, which is one of the Corporation’s largest markets and has a higher projected population growth than any of its other banking markets.
 
The Kensington transaction resulted in $44,470,000 of goodwill allocated to the Florida reporting unit and $3,544,000 of core deposit intangibles. The goodwill acquired is not tax deductible. The amount allocated to the core deposit intangible was determined by an independent valuation and is being amortized over an estimated useful life of ten years based on the undiscounted cash flow. During the third quarter of 2006, management completed its plan to terminate Kensington’s data processing operations and convert Kensington’s accounts to the Corporation’s system. This conversion was completed in the first quarter of 2007. Certain costs associated with this conversion,


75


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
2.   Business Combinations — (Continued)
 
totaling approximately $1,400,000, which includes primarily contract cancellations and employment-related costs, were estimated and accrued as of the acquisition date.
 
The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition.
 
         
    Amount  
    (In thousands)  
 
Cash and due from banks
  $ 4,454  
Federal funds sold
    964  
Investment securities
    180,151  
Loans, net
    136,826  
Premises and equipment, net
    5,397  
Goodwill
    44,470  
Core deposit intangibles
    3,544  
Other assets
    5,128  
Deposits
    (276,186 )
Repurchase agreements
    (30,050 )
Other liabilities
    (3,326 )
         
Total consideration paid for Kensington
  $ 71,372  
         
 
Pro Forma Results of Operations
 
The results of operations of the People’s, Kensington and Community acquisitions subsequent to the acquisition dates are included in the Corporation’s consolidated statements of operations. The following pro forma information for the periods ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 reflects the Corporation’s estimated consolidated results of operations as if the acquisition of People’s, Kensington and Community occurred at January 1, 2006, unadjusted for potential cost savings.
 
                 
    2007     2006  
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)  
 
Net interest income and noninterest income
  $ 101,620     $ 104,149  
Net income
    7,413       9,215  
Earnings per common share — basic
  $ 0.18     $ 0.23  
Earnings per common share — diluted
  $ 0.18     $ 0.22  


76


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
2.   Business Combinations — (Continued)
 
3.   Investment Securities
 
The amounts at which investment securities are carried and their approximate fair values at December 31, 2007 are as follows:
 
                                 
          Gross
    Gross
       
    Amortized
    Unrealized
    Unrealized
    Estimated
 
    Cost     Gains     Losses     Fair Value  
    (In Thousands)  
 
Investment securities available for sale:
                               
U.S. agency securities
  $ 93,207     $ 1,086     $ 75     $ 94,218  
State, county and municipal securities
    40,738       222       395       40,565  
Mortgage-backed securities
    191,202       1,082       888       191,396  
Corporate debt
    32,404       11       1,030       31,385  
Other securities
    4,480             873       3,607  
                                 
Total
  $ 362,031     $ 2,401     $ 3,261     $ 361,171  
                                 
 
The amounts at which investment securities are carried and their approximate fair values at December 31, 2006 are as follows:
 
                                 
          Gross
    Gross
       
    Amortized
    Unrealized
    Unrealized
    Estimated
 
    Cost     Gains     Losses     Fair Value  
    (In Thousands)  
 
Investment securities available for sale:
                               
U.S. agency securities
  $ 113,259     $ 150     $ 1,557     $ 111,852  
State, county and municipal securities
    12,977       54       89       12,942  
Mortgage-backed securities
    185,814       361       1,722       184,453  
Corporate debt
    38,883       103       334       38,652  
Other securities
    6,675       223       81       6,817  
                                 
Total
  $ 357,608     $ 891     $ 3,783     $ 354,716  
                                 
 
Investment securities with an amortized cost of $239,875,000 and $219,658,000 at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, were pledged to secure United States government deposits and other public funds and for other purposes as required or permitted by law.
 
The following table presents the age of gross unrealized losses and fair value by investment category.
 
                                                 
    December 31, 2007  
    Less Than 12 Months     More than 12 Months     Total  
          Unrealized
          Unrealized
          Unrealized
 
    Fair Value     Losses     Fair Value     Losses     Fair Value     Losses  
    (In Thousands)  
 
U.S. agency securities
  $ 500     $     $ 36,633     $ 75     $ 37,133     $ 75  
State, county and municipal securities
    15,170       331       3,659       64       18,829       395  
Mortgage-backed securities
    10,310       69       59,162       819       69,472       888  
Corporate debt and other securities
    19,224       1,056       12,874       847       32,098       1,903  
                                                 
Total
  $ 45,204     $ 1,456     $ 112,328     $ 1,805     $ 157,532     $ 3,261  
                                                 
 


77


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
3.   Investment Securities — (Continued)
 
                                                 
    December 31, 2006  
    Less Than 12 Months     More than 12 Months     Total  
          Unrealized
          Unrealized
          Unrealized
 
    Fair Value     Losses     Fair Value     Losses     Fair Value     Losses  
    (In Thousands)  
 
U.S. agency securities
  $     $     $ 83,347     $ 1,557     $ 83,347     $ 1,557  
State, county and municipal securities
    1,727       17       3,825       72       5,552       89  
Mortgage-backed securities
    16,223       76       78,000       1,646       94,223       1,722  
Corporate debt and other securities
    3,920       80       8,572       335       12,492       415  
                                                 
Total
  $ 21,870     $ 173     $ 173,744     $ 3,610     $ 195,614     $ 3,783  
                                                 
 
Management does not believe any of the above individual unrealized loss as of December 31, 2007 represents an other-than-temporary impairment. The unrealized losses relate primarily to 115 securities issued by the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”), Fannie Mae (“FNMA”) and Freddie Mac (“FHLMC”), various counties and municipalities, primarily within the State of Alabama, and corporate securities consisting primarily of private label CMOs, corporate bonds, and trust preferred securities. These unrealized losses are primarily attributable to changes in interest rates. The Corporation has both the intent and the ability to hold the securities contained in the previous table for a time necessary to recover the amortized cost. A summary of the total count by category is shown below.
 
                         
    December 31, 2007  
    Total Number of Securities  
    Less Than
    More than
       
    12 Months     12 Months     Total  
 
U.S. agency securities
    1       15       16  
State, county and municipal securities
    40       13       53  
Mortgage-backed securities
    7       26       33  
Corporate debt and other securities
    6       7       13  
     
     
     
 
Total
    54       61       115  
     
     
     
 
     
     
     
 
 
The amortized cost and estimated fair values of investment securities at December 31, 2007, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
 
                 
    Securities Available
 
    For Sale  
    Amortized
    Estimated
 
    Cost     Fair Value  
    (In Thousands)  
 
Due in one year or less
  $ 5,034     $ 5,020  
Due after one year through five years
    58,858       58,568  
Due after five years through ten years
    34,721       35,505  
Due after ten years
    72,218       70,682  
Mortgage-backed securities
    191,200       191,396  
                 
    $ 362,031     $ 361,171  
                 
 
Gross realized gains on sales of investment securities available for sale in 2007, 2006 and 2005 were $308,000, $-0-, and $34,000, respectively, and gross realized losses for the same periods were $ -0-, $-0-, and $982,000, respectively.

78


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
3.   Investment Securities — (Continued)
 
The components of other comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006, and 2005 are as follows:
 
                         
    Pre-Tax
    Income Tax
    Net of
 
    Amount     Expense     Income Tax  
    (In Thousands)  
 
2007
                       
Unrealized gain on available for sale securities
  $ 2,344     $ (918 )   $ 1,426  
Less reclassification adjustment for gains realized in net income
    (308 )     120       (188 )
Change in pension liability
    615       (227 )     388  
                         
Net unrealized gain
  $ 2,651     $ (1,025 )   $ 1,626  
                         
2006
                       
Unrealized loss on derivatives
  $ (39 )   $ (16 )   $ (23 )
Unrealized gain on available for sale securities
    1,387       556       831  
Less reclassification adjustment for losses realized in net income
                 
Change in pension liability
    451       167       284  
                         
Net unrealized gain
  $ 1,799     $ 707     $ 1,092  
                         
2005
                       
Unrealized gain on derivative
  $ 39     $ 16     $ 23  
Unrealized loss on available for sale securities
    (3,405 )     (1,335 )     (2,070 )
Less reclassification adjustment for losses realized in net income
    (948 )     (351 )     (597 )
                         
Net unrealized loss
  $ (2,418 )   $ (968 )   $ (1,450 )
                         
 
4.   Loans
 
At December 31, 2007 and 2006, the composition of the loan portfolio was as follows:
 
                 
    2007     2006  
    (In Thousands)  
 
Commercial and industrial
  $ 183,013     $ 172,872  
Real estate — construction and land development
    665,303       547,772  
Real estate — mortgages
               
Single family
    540,277       456,341  
Commercial
    533,611       362,542  
Other
    41,535       46,895  
Consumer
    53,377       54,462  
All other loans
    1,235       438  
                 
Total loans
  $ 2,018,351     $ 1,641,322  
                 
 
At December 31, 2007 and 2006, the Corporation’s recorded investment in loans considered to be impaired under SFAS No. 114 was $22,294,000 and $6,886,000, respectively. At December 31, 2007 and 2006, there was approximately $1,514,000 and $1,807,000, respectively in the allowance for loan losses specifically allocated to impaired loans. The average recorded investment in impaired loans during 2007, 2006 and 2005 was approximately $11,767,000, $3,975,000, and $4,687,000, respectively. Interest income recognized on loans considered impaired totaled approximately $873,000, $176,000, and $65,000 for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.


79


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
4.   Loans — (Continued)
 
At December 31, 2007, nonaccrual loans totaled $22.5 million, compared to $7.8 million at December 31, 2006. Loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing totaled $2,117,000 at December 31, 2007 compared to $514,000 at December 31, 2006.
 
During 2007 and 2006, the Corporation acquired certain impaired loans through business combinations (Note 2) which are subject to the income recognition provisions of SOP 03-3 (see Note 1). The carrying value of these loans totaled $2,378, 000 and $260,000 at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The carrying value of these loans at acquisition and a summary of the change in accretable yield follows:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
    (In Thousands)  
 
Contractually required principal and interest at acquisition
  $ 5,677     $ 1,696  
Nonaccretable difference (expected losses and forgone interest)
    (1,443 )     (1,231 )
                 
Cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition
    4,234       465  
Accretable yield
    (209 )     (190 )
                 
Basis in acquired loans at acquisition
  $ 4,025     $ 275  
                 
Accretable yield, beginning of year
  $ 174     $  
Additions
    209       190  
Accretion
    (216 )     (9 )
Transfer for nonaccretable yield to accretable yield
    138        
Disposals
          (7 )
                 
Accretable yield, end of the year
  $ 305     $ 174  
                 
 
Other acquired impaired loans that are within the scope of SOP 03-3 but are not subject to the income recognition provisions had an acquisition carrying value of $1.3 million. The carrying value at December 31, 2007 and 2006 was $297,000 and $800,000, respectively. To recognize income on these loans under SOP 03-3, there must be a reasonable expectation of the timing and amount of expected cash flows. These loans are accounted for on the cost recovery method with interest income recognized when received. During 2007 and 2006, no interest was recognized on these loans.
 
5.   Allowance for Loan Losses
 
A summary of the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 follows:
 
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
    (In Thousands)  
 
Balance at beginning of year
  $ 18,892     $ 12,011     $ 12,543  
Allowance of acquired banks
    3,717       6,697        
Provision for loan losses
    4,541       2,500       3,500  
Loan charge-offs
    (5,722 )     (3,746 )     (5,742 )
Recoveries
    1,440       1,430       1,710  
                         
Balance at end of year
  $ 22,868     $ 18,892     $ 12,011  
                         


80


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
5.   Allowance for Loan Losses — (Continued)
 
6.   Premises and Equipment
 
Components of premises and equipment at December 31, 2007 and 2006 are as follows:
 
                 
    2007     2006  
    (In Thousands)  
 
Land
  $ 19,834     $ 17,432  
Premises
    76,733       74,836  
Furniture and equipment
    22,956       17,737  
                 
      119,523       110,005  
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
    (24,842 )     (20,311 )
                 
Net book value of premises and equipment in service
    94,681       89,694  
Construction in process (also includes land for branch expansion)
    10,118       4,932  
                 
Total
  $ 104,799     $ 94,626  
                 
 
Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was $4,630,000, $3,245,000 and $3,275,000, respectively.
 
In March 2005, the Corporation sold its corporate aircraft, realizing a $355,000 pre-tax loss.
 
During 2000, Community entered into sale/leaseback arrangements on its Hamilton, Alabama bank location. Due to the structure of this transaction, the lease qualified and has been accounted for under capitalized lease rules.
 
The following is an analysis of the leased property located in Hamilton, Alabama on which the Company maintains a capital lease (in thousands):
 
                 
    2007     2006  
 
Buildings
  $ 2,450     $ 2,450  
Accumulated depreciation
    (98 )     (21 )
                 
Total
  $ 2,352     $ 2,429  
                 
 
The following is a schedule by year of future minimum lease payments under the capital lease and all other operating leases, together with the present value of the net minimum lease payments as of December 31, 2007 (in thousands):
 
                                 
    Operating        
Years ending December 31,
  Property     Equipment     Total     Capitalized  
    (In Thousands)  
 
2008
  $ 2,411     $ 320     $ 2,731     $ 367  
2009
    2,055       205       2,260       367  
2010
    1,653       107       1,760       367  
2011
    1,341       6       1,347       367  
2012
    883             883       367  
2013 and thereafter
    7,812             7,812       6,387  
                                 
Total minimum lease payments
  $ 16,155     $ 638     $ 16,793       8,222  
                                 
Amount representing interest
                            (4,483 )
                                 
Present value of net minimum lease payments
                          $ 3,739  
                                 
 
Rental expense relating to operating leases amounted to approximately $2,460,000, $1,258,000 and $810,000 for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
On May 31, 2002, the purchaser of Community’s Marshall County branch offices acquired the land, building and land improvements located in Albertville, Alabama under a sales-type lease. The lease agreement calls for 60 payments of $14,000 per month beginning June 1, 2002. The lease ended on May 31, 2007 and was subject to


81


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
6.   Premises and Equipment — (Continued)
 
options which gave the right for the seller to require the purchaser to purchase the property and gave the right to the purchaser to require the seller to sell the property. The purchase option was exercised on May 31, 2007 and proceeds totaling $2,621,544 were received by Superior Bank.
 
Property Classified as Held-for-Sale
 
During the second quarter of 2007, management committed to a plan to sell real estate that is no longer used in the Corporation’s operations. The real estate consists of two groups. The first group contains the former corporate headquarters and administrative office facilities of Community in Blountsville, Alabama, and the second group consists of seven condominium units located in the John Hand Building in downtown Birmingham, Alabama, where the Corporation’s headquarters and operations center are housed.
 
Management committed to the sale of the Community property in Blountsville because the size and location of the facility does not meet the Corporation’s current needs or future expansion plans. Management expects to sell the property within the next 12 months to an unrelated party. The property’s current carrying value, included in other assets, is $1,967,000, which approximates its market value.
 
Management committed to the sale of the condominium units because the rental operations are not a part of the Corporation’s long-term strategy. Management expects to sell the units within the next 12 months. Currently, there are six condominium units with a current carrying value, included in other assets, of $1,674,000, which is lower than the current market price.
 
Both groups of assets are included as part of the administrative reporting unit.
 
Sale-Leaseback Transactions
 
On July 24, 2007, the Corporation’s banking subsidiary sold a branch office building in Huntsville, Alabama to a limited liability company, of which one of the Corporation’s directors is a member, for $3,000,000. The limited liability company then leased the building back to the banking subsidiary. The initial term of the lease is 14 years and may be renewed, at the banking subsidiary’s option, for three additional terms of five years each. The amount of the monthly lease payments to be made by the banking subsidiary is $19,500 for the first year of the lease and increases annually until it reaches $26,881 per month in year 14. Annual rent escalations associated with this lease are being accounted for on a straight-line basis over 14 years. Rent for the renewal terms is to be determined based on appraisals of the property. No gain or loss was recognized on this transaction, which was entered into in the ordinary course of business and is being accounted for as an operating lease.
 
On September 7, 2007, the Corporation’s banking subsidiary sold an additional branch office building in Huntsville, Alabama to an unrelated party for $2,445,000. The purchaser then leased the building back to the banking subsidiary. The initial term of the lease is 15 years and may be renewed, at the banking subsidiary’s option, for three additional terms of five years each. The amount of the monthly lease payments to be made by the banking subsidiary is $11,225 for the initial term. Rent for the renewal terms is to be determined based on future appraisals of the property. No gain or loss was recognized on this transaction, which was entered into in the ordinary course of business and is being accounted for as an operating lease.
 
On January 30, 2008, the Corporation’s banking subsidiary entered into agreements with a limited liability company, of which one of the Corporation’s directors is a member, pursuant to which the limited liability company purchased on January 31, 2008 office buildings located in Albertville and Athens, Alabama for a total of $4,250,000. The limited liability company then leased the building back to the banking subsidiary. The initial term of each lease is 13 years and each lease may be renewed, at the banking subsidiary’s option, for two additional terms of five years each. The amount of the monthly lease payments to be made by the banking subsidiary in the first year is $13,240 for the Albertville office and $14,208 for the Athens office. These amounts increase annually until


82


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
6.   Premises and Equipment — (Continued)
 
the monthly lease payments reach $17,393 for the Albertville office and $18,666 for the Athens office in year 13. Annual rent escalations associated with these leases are being accounted for on a straight line basis over the lease terms. Rent for the renewal terms is to be determined based on appraisals of the properties. A gain of $73,000 was realized on these transactions which will be recognized as a reduction of rental expense over the remaining term of the leases. These transactions were entered into in the ordinary course of business and are being accounted for as operating leases.
 
7.   Deposits
 
The following schedule details interest expense on deposits:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (In Thousands)  
 
Interest-bearing demand
  $ 20,791     $ 11,857     $ 7,144  
Savings
    819       177       40  
Time deposits $100,000 and over
    21,122       11,170       7,111  
Other time deposits
    36,935       23,307       13,620  
                         
Total
  $ 79,667     $ 46,511     $ 27,915  
                         
 
At December 31, 2007, the scheduled maturities of time deposits are as follows (in thousands):
 
         
2008
  $ 1,149,042  
2009
    45,199  
2010
    21,886  
2011
    14,159  
2012 and thereafter
    45,407  
         
    $ 1,275,693  
         
 
8.   Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank
 
The following is a summary, by year of maturity, of advances from the FHLB as of December 31, 2007 and 2006:
 
                                 
    2007     2006  
    Weighted
          Weighted
       
Year
  Average Rate     Balance     Average Rate     Balance  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
 
2007
    %   $       5.37 %   $ 42,000  
2008
    4.62       74,488       5.38       55,500  
2009
    4.33       30,032       5.39       27,000  
2010
    4.83       25,000       6.41       5,000  
2011
    4.80       4,968              
2012
    4.49       30,000              
2015
    5.39       26,340       5.39       26,340  
2020
    4.28       32,000       4.28       32,000  
                                 
Total
    4.63 %   $ 222,828       5.22 %   $ 187,840  
                                 
 
The above schedule is by contractual maturity. Call dates for the above are as follows: 2008, $154,000,000; and 2010, $11,340,000.


83


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
8.   Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank — (Continued)
 
The advances are secured by a blanket lien on certain residential and commercial real estate loans all with a carrying value of approximately $346,000,000 at December 31, 2007. The Corporation has available approximately $174,000,000 in unused advances under the blanket lien subject to the availability of qualifying collateral.
 
In February 2008, FHLB advances totaling $100,000,000 were refinanced to lower the current interest rate in response to current market conditions. This refinancing was accounted for as debt modification therefore no gain or loss was recognized on the transaction. The following table summarizes the current terms of the refinanced advances by contractual maturity:
 
                         
          Weighted
       
    Current
    Average Rate
       
    Weighted
    Before
       
Matures
  Average Rate     Refinancing     Balance  
 
2011
    2.77 %     4.60 %   $ 25,000  
2013
    3.46       4.21       35,000  
2015
    4.05       4.57       40,000  
                         
Total
    3.52 %     4.45 %   $ 100,000  
                         
 
Call dates for the refinanced advances are as follows: 2009, $25,000,000; and 2010, $75,000,000.
 
The FHLB has issued for the benefit of the Corporation’s banking subsidiary a $20,000,000 irrevocable letter of credit in favor of the Chief Financial Officer of the State of Florida to secure certain deposits of the State of Florida. The letter of credit expires January 4, 2008 upon sixty days’ prior notice of non-renewal; otherwise, it shall automatically extend for a successive one-year term.
 
9.   Federal Funds Borrowed and Security Repurchase Agreements
 
Detail of Federal funds borrowed and security repurchase agreements follows (dollars in thousands):
 
                 
    2007     2006  
 
Balance at December 31:
               
Federal funds borrowed
  $ 10,000     $  
Security repurchase agreements
    7,075       23,415  
Maximum outstanding at any month end:
               
Federal funds borrowed
    10,000       9,000  
Security repurchase agreements
    28,545       31,464  
Daily average amount outstanding:
               
Federal funds borrowed
    1,263       1,811  
Security repurchase agreements
    15,798       30,629  
Weighted daily average interest rate:
               
Federal funds borrowed
    5.43 %     5.47 %
Security repurchase agreements
    5.28       4.51  
Weighted daily interest rate for amounts outstanding at December 31:
               
Federal funds borrowed
    3.65 %     %
Security repurchase agreements
    4.22       4.63  
 
The carrying value of securities sold under repurchase agreements is $20,500,000 and $30,327,000 as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.


84


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
10.   Notes Payable
 
The following is a summary of notes payable as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 (in thousands):
 
                                 
    2007     2006  
Balance at December 31:
  Principal     Rate     Principal     Rate  
 
Note payable to bank, borrowed under $10,000,000 line of credit, due January 26, 2008; interest is based on the 30-day LIBOR plus 1.25%, secured by 51% of the outstanding Superior Bank stock(1)
  $ 9,500       6.06 %   $       %
Note payable to bank, borrowed under $10,000,000 line of credit, due June 7, 2007, plus interest payable monthly at 30 day LIBOR plus 2.50%, secured by real estate owned by the Corporation and 100% of Superior Bank stock
                4,250       7.85  
ESOP note payable to bank, due February 1, 2013, plus interest payable monthly at the Wall Street Journal prime rate, secured by Corporation stock; see discussion in Note 12
                1,295       8.25  
                                 
Total notes payable
  $ 9,500             $ 5,545          
                                 
 
 
(1) Extended for 90-day period until May 26, 2008.
 
11.   Junior Subordinated Debentures Owed to Unconsolidated Subsidiary Trusts
 
On July 19, 2007, the Corporation issued approximately $22,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Trust Preferred Securities and a like amount of related subordinated debentures through the Corporation’s wholly-owned, unconsolidated subsidiary trust, Superior Capital Trust I. The Trust Preferred Securities and subordinated debentures bear interest at a floating rate of three-month LIBOR plus 1.33% that is payable quarterly. The Trust Preferred Securities, which may be redeemed on or after September 15, 2012, will mature on September 15, 2037.
 
On July 25, 2007, the Corporation completed its redemption of approximately $16,000,000 in aggregate outstanding principal amount of Trust Preferred Securities and related six-month LIBOR plus 3.75% junior subordinated debentures due July 25, 2031, both of which were issued by the Corporation’s wholly-owned, unconsolidated subsidiary trust, TBC Capital Statutory Trust III. The Corporation called the securities for redemption effective July 25, 2007 at a redemption price equal to 106.15% of par. The Corporation incurred a loss of approximately $1,469,000 ($925,000 net of tax, or $.02 per share), during the third quarter of 2007 relating to the redemption of the outstanding Trust Preferred Securities.
 
The remaining proceeds from the issuance of the new trust preferred securities were used in the stock repurchase program and for other corporate purposes.
 
The Corporation has three additional sponsored trusts, TBC Capital Statutory Trust II (“TBC Capital II”), Community (AL) Capital Trust I (“Community Capital I”) and Peoples Community Statutory Trust I (“Peoples Trust I”), of which 100% of the common equity is owned by the Corporation. The trusts were formed for the purpose of issuing Corporation-obligated mandatory redeemable trust preferred securities to third-party investors and investing the proceeds from the sale of such trust preferred securities solely in junior subordinated debt securities of the Corporation (the debentures). The debentures held by each trust are the sole assets of that trust. Distributions on the trust preferred securities issued by each trust are payable semi-annually at a rate per annum equal to the interest rate being earned by the trust on the debentures held by that trust. The trust preferred securities are subject to mandatory redemption, in whole or in part, upon repayment of the debentures. The Corporation has entered into agreements which, taken collectively, fully and unconditionally guarantee the trust preferred securities subject to the terms of each of the guarantees. The debentures held by the TBC Capital II, Community Capital I and Peoples


85


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
11.   Junior Subordinated Debentures Owed to Unconsolidated Subsidiary Trusts — (Continued)
 
Trust I trusts are first redeemable, in whole or in part, by the Corporation on September 7, 2010, March 8, 2010 and December 15, 2010, respectively.
 
The trust preferred securities held by the trusts qualify as Tier 1 capital for the Corporation under regulatory guidelines.
 
Consolidated debt obligations related to these subsidiary trusts are as follows (dollars in thousands):
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
 
10.6% junior subordinated debentures owed to TBC Capital Statutory Trust II due September 7, 2030
  $ 15,464     $ 15,464  
6-month LIBOR plus 3.75% junior subordinated debentures owed to TBC Capital Statutory Trust III due July 25, 2031
          16,495  
10.875% junior subordinated debentures owed to Community Capital Trust I due March 8, 2030
    10,310       10,310  
3-month LIBOR plus 1.33% junior subordinated debentures owed to Superior Capital Trust I due September 15, 2037(1)
    22,681        
6.41% junior subordinated debentures owed to Peoples Community Capital Trust I due December 15, 2035(2)
    4,124        
Purchase accounting adjustment
    1,165       1,737  
                 
Total junior subordinated debentures owed to unconsolidated subsidiary trusts
  $ 53,744     $ 44,006  
                 
 
 
(1) Interest rate is equal to 6.32% at December 31, 2007.
 
(2) Converts to quarterly floating rate of LIBOR plus 1.45% in December 2010.
 
12.   Stock Incentive Plans
 
In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123R, Share-Based Payment (“SFAS 123R”), which is a revision of SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation (“SFAS 123”), and supersedes Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees (“APB Opinion 25”). The new standard, which became effective for the Corporation in the first quarter of 2006, requires companies to recognize an expense in the statement of operations for the grant-date fair value of stock options and other equity-based compensation issued to employees, but expresses no preference for a type of valuation method. This expense will be recognized over the period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award. SFAS 123R carries forward prior guidance on accounting for awards to non-employees. If an equity award is modified after the grant date, incremental compensation cost will be recognized in an amount equal to the excess of the fair value of the modified award over the fair value of the original award immediately prior to the modification. The Corporation recognizes compensation expense for all stock awards granted after December 31, 2005. Since all of the Corporation’s stock option awards granted prior to December 31, 2005 have vested in full, no future compensation expense will be recognized on these awards. During the first quarter of 2005, the Corporation granted 1,690,937 options to the new management team. These options have exercise prices ranging from $8.17 to $9.63 per share and were granted outside of the stock incentive plan as part of the inducement package for new management. These shares are included in the tables below.
 
The Corporation adopted the provisions of SFAS 123R using the modified-prospective transition method. Under that transition method, compensation cost recognized in 2007 and 2006 includes $473,000 and $165,000, respectively, in compensation cost for all share-based payments granted subsequent to December 31, 2005, based on


86


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
12.   Stock Incentive Plans — (Continued)
 
the grant-date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123R. Results for prior periods have not been restated.
 
The Corporation has established a stock incentive plan for directors and certain key employees that provides for the granting of restricted stock and incentive and nonqualified options to purchase up to 2,500,000 shares of the Corporation’s common stock. The compensation committee of the Board of Directors determines the terms of the restricted stock and options granted. All options granted have a maximum term of ten years from the grant date, and the option price per share of options granted cannot be less than the fair market value of the Corporation’s common stock on the grant date. Some of the options granted under the plan in the past vested over a five-year period, while others vested based on certain benchmarks relating to the trading price of the Corporation’s common stock, with an outside vesting date of five years from the date of grant. More recent grants have followed this benchmark-vesting formula.
 
The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant based upon the Black-Scholes pricing model that uses the assumptions noted in the following table. The risk-free interest rate is based on the implied yield on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a remaining term equal to the expected term. Expected volatility has been estimated based on historical data. The expected term has been estimated based on the five-year vesting date and change of control provisions. The Corporation used the following weighted-average assumptions for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006:
 
                 
    2007     2006  
 
Risk-free interest rate
    4.49 %     4.54 %
Volatility factor
    29.11 %     30.16 %
Expected term (in years)
    5.00       5.00  
Dividend yield
    0.00 %     0.00 %
 
A summary of stock option activity as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and changes during the years then ended is set forth below:
 
                                 
                Weighted-
       
          Weighted-
    Average
       
          Average
    Remaining
       
          Exercise
    Contractual
    Aggregate
 
For The Year Ended December 31, 2007
  Number     Price     Term     Intrinsic Value  
 
Under option, beginning of period
    3,042,597     $ 8.07                  
Granted
    276,596       10.05                  
Exercised
    (85,000 )     (6.37 )                
Forfeited
    (26,000 )     (10.35 )                
                                 
Under option, end of period
    3,208,193     $ 8.27         6.70     $   —    
                                 
Exercisable at end of period
    2,766,597     $ 7.94       5.44     $   —    
                                 
Weighted-average fair value per option of options granted during the period
  $ 3.45                          
                                 
 


87


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
12.   Stock Incentive Plans — (Continued)
 
                                 
                Weighted-
       
          Weighted-
    Average
       
          Average
    Remaining
       
          Exercise
    Contractual
    Aggregate
 
For The Year Ended December 31, 2006
  Number     Price     Term     Intrinsic Value  
 
Under option, beginning of period
    3,031,946     $ 7.81                  
Granted
    186,500       10.84                  
Exercised
    (155,818 )     6.37                  
Forfeited
    (20,031 )     7.06                  
                                 
Under option, end of period
    3,042,597     $ 8.07       7.39     $ 9,940,257  
                                 
Exercisable at end of period
    2,861,097     $ 7.90       6.82     $ 9,847,002  
                                 
Weighted-average fair value per option of options granted during the period
  $ 3.79                          
                                 
 
The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 was $287,000 and $814,000, respectively. As of December 31, 2007, there was $967,000 of total unrecognized compensation expense related to the unvested awards. This expense will be recognized over approximately the next 25- to 30-months unless the shares vest earlier based on achievement of benchmark trading price levels. During the year ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, the Corporation recognized approximately $473,000 and $165,000 in compensation expense related to options granted.
 
A summary of activity for the period ended December 31, 2005 is as follows:
 
                 
    2005  
          Weighted-
 
          Average
 
          Exercise
 
    Number     Price  
 
Under option, beginning of year
    1,654,509     $ 6.63  
Granted
    1,914,437       8.53  
Exercised
    (474,684 )     6.59  
Forfeited
    (62,316 )     7.73  
                 
Under option, end of year
    3,031,946     $ 7.81  
                 
Exercisable at end of year
    3,031,946          
                 
Weighted-average fair value per option of options granted during the year
  $ 4.91          
                 
 
The Corporation’s Board of Directors approved the full vesting as of November 15, 2005 of all unvested stock options outstanding at that date. The effect of this accelerated vesting is reflected in the pro forma net loss and pro forma loss per share figures below. During the fourth quarter of 2005 the pro forma after-tax effect of compensation costs for stock-based employee compensation awards totaled $2,067,000, or $0.10 per share. In conjunction with the Board’s approval of the full vesting, members of the Corporation’s senior management executive team announced that they would not accept any performance bonus for which they might have been eligible at year-end 2005. The number of shares represented by unvested options that were vested effective November 15, 2005 is approximately 800,000, of which approximately 665,000 were held by directors and executive officers of the Corporation.
 
Prior to January 1, 2006, the Corporation applied the disclosure-only provisions of SFAS 123, which allows an entity to continue to measure compensation costs for those plans using the intrinsic value-based method of

88


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
12.   Stock Incentive Plans — (Continued)
 
accounting prescribed by APB Opinion 25. The Corporation elected to follow APB Opinion 25 and related interpretations in accounting for its employee stock options. Accordingly, compensation cost for fixed and variable stock-based awards is measured by the excess, if any, of the fair market price of the underlying stock over the amount the individual is required to pay. Compensation cost for fixed awards is measured at the grant date, while compensation cost for variable awards is estimated until both the number of shares an individual is entitled to receive and the exercise or purchase price are known (measurement date). No option-based employee compensation cost is reflected in net income, as all options granted had an exercise price equal to the market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant. The pro forma information below was determined as if the Corporation had accounted for its employee stock options under the fair value method of SFAS 123. For purposes of pro forma disclosures, the estimated fair value of the options is amortized to expense over the options’ vesting period. The Corporation’s pro forma information for the period prior to the adoption of SFAS 123R follows (in thousands, except earnings per share information):
 
         
    2005  
 
Net loss applicable to common stockholders:
       
As reported
  $ (8,097 )
Pro forma
    (14,217 )
Basic net loss per common share:
       
As reported
  $ (.42 )
Pro forma
    (.74 )
Diluted net loss per common share:
       
As reported
    (.42 )
Pro forma
    (.74 )
 
The fair value of the options granted was based upon the Black-Scholes pricing model. The Corporation used the following weighted-average assumptions for the years indicated:
 
         
    2005  
 
Risk free interest rate
    4.34 %
Volatility factor
    43 %
Weighted average life of options (in years)
    7.00  
Dividend yield
    0.00 %
 
On April 1, 2002, the Corporation issued 157,500 shares of restricted common stock to certain directors and key employees pursuant to the Second Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Incentive Plan. Under the restricted stock agreements, the stock may not be sold or assigned in any manner for a five-year period that began on April 1, 2002. During this restricted period, the participant is eligible to receive dividends and exercise voting privileges. The restricted stock also has a corresponding vesting period with one-third vesting in the third, fourth and fifth years. The restricted stock was issued at $7.00 per share, or $1,120,000, and classified as a contra-equity account, “Unearned restricted stock”, in stockholders’ equity. During 2003, 15,000 shares of this restricted stock were forfeited. During the second quarter of 2005, an additional 29,171 shares of this restricted stock were forfeited. On January 24, 2005, the Corporation issued 49,375 additional shares of restricted common stock to certain key employees. Under the terms of the management separation agreements entered into during 2005 (Note 28), vesting was accelerated on 124,375 shares of restricted stock. As of December 31, 2007, all restricted shares had vested. The outstanding shares of restricted stock are included in the diluted earnings per share calculation, using the treasury stock method, until the shares vest. Once vested, the shares become outstanding for basic earnings per share. For the year ended December 31, 2005, the Corporation recognized $648,000, in restricted stock expense was primarily related to the accelerated vesting from the management separation agreements included in the amount of management separation cost.


89


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
12.   Stock Incentive Plans — (Continued)
 
In January 2008, members of the Corporation’s management received restricted stock grants totaling 107,150 shares. This grant excludes certain senior executive management who received cash under the short-term management incentive plan in lieu of restricted stock. The grant date fair value is equal to $4.64 per share or $497,000 which will be recognized over the next 24-month period as 50% of the stock vests on January 22, 2009 and 50% vests on January 22, 2010. If the executive’s employment terminates prior to a vesting date for any reason other than death, disability or a change in control, the unvested stock is forfeited. Unvested stock becomes immediately vested upon death, disability or a change in control. Under the restricted stock agreements, the stock may not be sold or assigned in any manner during the vesting period, but the executive will have the rights of a shareholder with respect to the stock (i.e. vote, receive dividends, etc), prior to vesting.
 
Employee Stock Ownership Plans
 
Superior Bancorp ESOP
 
Effective August 31, 2007, the Corporation terminated the Superior Bancorp Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the “ESOP”). The ESOP was leveraged, and a promissory note existed between the ESOP and the Corporation that had a remaining balance of $1,165,000 at the termination date. The promissory note was satisfied by the transfer from the ESOP to the Corporation of 127,469 unallocated shares of Corporation common stock valued at a price of $9.14 per share, the closing price that day. The Corporation transferred these shares during the third quarter of 2007 to treasury stock at current market value from the unallocated ESOP shares account. The remaining 17,178 unallocated shares were committed to be allocated to the participants’ accounts, and, as a result, the Corporation recognized additional compensation expense during the third quarter of 2007 of approximately $158,000.
 
On January 29, 2003, the ESOP trustees finalized a $2,100,000 promissory note, which has been fully repaid as discussed above, to reimburse the Corporation for the funds used to leverage the ESOP. The unreleased shares and a guarantee of the Corporation secured the promissory note, which had been classified as notes payable on the Corporation’s statement of financial condition. As the debt was repaid, shares were released from collateral based on the proportion of debt service. Principal payments on the debt were $17,500 per month for 120 months. The interest rate adjusted to the Wall Street Journal prime rate. Interest expense incurred on the debt in 2007, 2006 and 2005 totaled $82,000, $122,000 and $98,000, respectively. Total contributions to the plan during 2007, 2006 and 2005 totaled $1,326,000, $322,000, and $313,000, respectively. Released shares were allocated to eligible employees at the end of the plan year based on the employee’s eligible compensation to total compensation. The Corporation recognized compensation expense during the period as the shares were earned and committed to be released. As shares were committed to be released and compensation expense was recognized, the shares became outstanding for basic and diluted earnings per share computations. The amount of compensation expense reported by the Corporation is equal to the average fair value of the shares earned and committed to be released during the period. Compensation expense that the Corporation recognized during the period ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was $371,000, $304,000 and $281,000, respectively. The ESOP shares as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 were as follows:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2006     2005  
 
Allocated shares
    70,519       52,501  
Estimated shares committed to be released
    26,700       26,700  
Unreleased shares
    164,672       191,372  
                 
Total ESOP shares
    261,891       270,573  
                 
Fair value of unreleased shares
  $ 1,867,000     $ 2,184,000  
                 


90


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
12.   Stock Incentive Plans — (Continued)
 
Community Bancshares ESOP
 
As a result of its merger with Community, the Corporation became a sponsor of an internally leveraged ESOP maintained by Community. This ESOP has an outstanding loan to the Corporation that bears interest at a floating rate equal to the prime rate of interest. As of December 31, 2007, the interest rate on the note was 7.25%. Principal and interest payments on the ESOP loan are due monthly through August, 2011, based on the current amortization schedule, with the remaining principal and interest, if any, due upon that date. The ESOP loan may be prepaid in whole or in part without penalty under the loan agreement, subject to applicable ERISA and tax restrictions. The Corporation makes contributions to the ESOP that enables the ESOP to make payments due under the ESOP loan. Under Statement of Position No. 93-6 (“SOP 93-6), “Employer’s Accounting for Employee Stock Ownership Plans,” employers that sponsor an ESOP with an employer loan should not report the ESOP’s note payable or the employer’s note receivable in the employer’s statement of condition, nor should interest cost or interest income be recognized on the employer loan. The Corporation has followed SOP 93-6 accordingly. The principal balance of the Company’s loan to the ESOP at December 31, 2007 was $941,000.
 
An employee becomes a participant in the ESOP after completing 12 months of service during which the employee is credited with 1,000 hours or more of service. Contributions to the plan are made at the discretion of the board but may not be less than the amount required to service the ESOP debt. Under the terms of the ESOP, after a person ceases to be an employee of the Corporation, that person is no longer eligible to participate in the ESOP. In that case, the person may demand to receive all stock credited to his benefit under the ESOP as of the end of the year immediately preceding that person’s termination of employment with the Corporation.
 
Dividends paid on released ESOP shares are credited to the accounts of the participants to whom the shares are allocated. Dividends on unreleased shares may be used to repay the debt associated with the ESOP or treated as other income of the ESOP and allocated to the participants. Compensation cost recognized during the period ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 was $125,000 and $39,000, respectively. The ESOP shares as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 are as follows:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
 
Allocated shares
    333,840       319,774  
Estimated shares committed to be released
    11,932       14,066  
Unreleased shares
    54,727       66,659  
                 
Total ESOP shares
    400,499       400,499  
                 
Fair value of unreleased shares
  $ 294,000     $ 756,000  
                 
                 
 
13.  Profit-Sharing Plan and Other Agreements
 
The Corporation sponsors a profit-sharing plan that permits participants to make contributions by salary reduction pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. This plan covers substantially all employees who meet certain age and length of service requirements. The Corporation matches contributions at its discretion. The Corporation’s contributions to the plan were $886,000, $549,000 and $448,000 in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
The Corporation has various nonqualified retirement agreements with certain current and former directors and former executive officers. Generally, the agreements provide a fixed retirement benefit that will be paid in installments ranging from 10 to 20 years. As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, substantially all of the benefits due under these plans were vested (Note 28). The Corporation’s nonqualified retirement agreements had an aggregate unfunded projected benefit of approximately $14,179,000 as of December 31, 2007 and $14,201,000 at December 31, 2006. The accrued liability, included in other liabilities, associated with these benefits totaled $6,331,000


91


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
13.  Profit-Sharing Plan and Other Agreements — (Continued)
 
and $6,358,000 at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, which represents the present value of the future benefits. Compensation expense related to these plans totaled $334,000, $216,000 and $1,178,000 for 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectfully.
 
14.   Income Taxes
 
The components of the consolidated income tax expense (benefit) are as follows (in thousands):
 
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Current:
                       
Federal
  $ 88     $     $ (1,439 )
State
    25             (5 )
                         
Total current expense (benefit)
    113             (1,444 )
Deferred:
                       
Federal
    3,529       1,555       (2,096 )
State
    492       368       (1,072 )
                         
Deferred income tax expense (benefit)
    4,021       1,923       (3,168 )
                         
Total income tax expense (benefit)
  $ 4,134     $ 1,923     $ (4,612 )
                         
 
Significant components of the Corporation’s deferred income tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 are as follows (in thousands):
 
                 
    2007     2006  
 
Deferred income tax assets:
               
Rehabilitation tax credit
  $ 5,981     $ 6,144  
Allowance for loan losses
    8,367       6,978  
Deferred compensation
    3,910       4,076  
Net operating loss carryforwards
    12,226       13,147  
Alternative minimum tax credit carryover
    1,122       1,034  
Purchase accounting basis differences
    2,770       2,936  
Unrealized loss on securities
    365       1,157  
Other
    2,194       2,085  
                 
Total deferred income tax assets
    36,935       37,557  
Less: valuation allowance on net operating loss carryforwards
    (1,207 )     (1,207 )
Deferred income tax liabilities:
               
Difference in book and tax basis of premises and equipment
    4,127       5,060  
Excess purchase price and intangibles
    9,901       5,784  
Other
    838       107  
                 
Total deferred income tax liabilities
    14,866       10,951  
                 
Net deferred income tax asset
  $ 20,862     $ 25,399  
                 
 
Management assesses the need for a valuation allowance against the Corporation’s deferred tax assets in accordance with SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes. The Corporation’s determination of the realization of deferred tax assets (net of valuation allowances) is based upon management’s judgment of various future events and uncertainties, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, the timing and amount of future income earned by the Corporation’s subsidiaries and the implementation of various tax planning strategies to maximize realization of the deferred tax assets. A portion of the amount of the deferred tax asset that can be realized in any year is subject to certain statutory federal income tax limitations. The Corporation believes that its subsidiaries will be able to generate sufficient operating earnings to realize the deferred tax benefits except as


92


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
14.   Income Taxes — (Continued)
 
discussed in the following paragraph. The Corporation evaluates quarterly the realizability of the deferred tax assets and, if necessary, adjusts any valuation allowance accordingly.
 
In 2006, due to limitations on the use of state net operating losses acquired in the merger with Community, a valuation allowance of $1,207,000 was established against such deferred income tax assets in purchase accounting. Any subsequently recognized income tax benefits relating to this valuation allowance will be reflected as a reduction of goodwill related to the acquisition.
 
The effective tax rate differs from the expected tax using the statutory rate. Reconciliation between the expected tax and the actual income tax expense (benefit) follows (in thousands):
 
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Expected tax expense (benefit) at statutory rate of income (loss) before taxes
  $ 3,996     $ 2,353     $ (3,535 )
Add (deduct):
                       
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit
    341       243       (711 )
Effect of interest income exempt from Federal income taxes
    (468 )     (251 )     (191 )
Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance
    (644 )     (537 )     (493 )
Taxable exchange of cash surrender value of life insurance
    256              
Other items — net
    653       115       318  
                         
Income tax expense (benefit)
  $ 4,134     $ 1,923     $ (4,612 )
                         
Federal statutory rate
    34 %     34 %     34 %
                         
 
The Corporation’s unused net operating loss carryforwards and expiration dates are as follows (in thousands):
 
                 
Year of expiration:
  Federal     Alabama  
 
2010
  $     $ 1,795  
2011
          13,147  
2012
          6,815  
2013
          22,111  
2014
          7,083  
2015
          11,001  
2016
          176  
2017
          8  
2018
          165  
2019
          280  
2020
          563  
2021
          59  
2022
          6  
2023
    4,713        
2024
    13,043        
2025
    5,812        
2026
    5,721        
                 
    $ 29,289     $ 63,209  
                 


93


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
14.   Income Taxes — (Continued)
 
The Corporation has available at December 31, 2007 unused rehabilitation tax credits that can be carried forward and utilized against future Federal income tax liability. Unused credits and expiration dates are as follows (in thousands):
 
         
Year of expiration:
       
2018
  $ 1,734  
2019
    738  
2020
    1,261  
2021
    522  
2022
    366  
2023
    960  
2024
    400  
         
    $ 5,981  
         
 
This credit was established as a result of the restoration and enhancement of the John A. Hand Building, which is designated as an historical structure and serves as the corporate headquarters for the Corporation. This credit is equal to 20% of certain qualified expenditures incurred by the Corporation prior to December 31, 2005. The Corporation is required to reduce its tax basis in the John A. Hand Building by the amount of the credit.
 
Applicable income tax (benefit) expense of $114,000, $-0-, and $(351,000) on investment securities (losses) gains for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006, and 2005, respectively, is included in income taxes.
 
The Corporation recognized a ($98,000) and a ($600,000) tax benefit in 2007 and 2005 related to the exercise of nonqualified stock options. This benefit was recognized as a credit to stockholders’ equity as additional surplus.
 
The Corporation adopted FIN 48 on January 1, 2007. As a result of the adoption, the Corporation recognized a charge of approximately $555,000 to the January 1, 2007 retained earnings balance. As of the adoption date, the Corporation had unrecognized tax benefits of $459,000, all of which, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate. Also, as of the adoption date, the Corporation had accrued interest expense related to the unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $146,000. Accrued interest related to unrecognized tax benefits is recognized in income tax expense. Penalties, if incurred, will be recognized in income tax expense as well. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefit is as follows:
 
         
Balance at January 1, 2007
  $ 459,000  
Additions based upon tax positions related to the current year
     
Additions for tax positions of prior years
     
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
     
Settlements
     
         
Balance at December 31, 2007
  $ 459,000  
         
 
The Corporation and its subsidiaries are subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as to Alabama and Florida income taxes. The Corporation has concluded all U.S. federal income tax matters for years through 2002, including acquisitions.
 
All state income tax matters have been concluded for years through 2001. The Corporation has received notices of proposed adjustments relating to state taxes due for the years 2002 and 2003, which include proposed adjustments relating to income apportionment of a subsidiary. Management anticipates that these examinations may be finalized in the foreseeable future. However, based on the status of these examinations, and the protocol of finalizing audits by the taxing authority, which could include formal legal proceedings, it is not possible to estimate the impact of any changes to the previously recorded uncertain tax positions. There have been no significant changes to the status of these examinations during the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2007.


94


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
15.   Derivatives
 
The Corporation maintains positions in derivative financial instruments to manage interest rate risk and facilitate asset/liability management strategies. The fair value of derivatives are recorded in other assets or other liabilities.
 
Interest Rate Swaps
 
As of December 31, 2007, the Corporation had entered into $43,500,000 notional amount of swaps (“CD swaps”) to hedge the interest rate risk inherent in certain of its brokered certificates of deposits (“brokered CDs”). The CD swaps are used to convert the fixed rate paid on the brokered CDs to a variable rate based upon three-month LIBOR. Hedge accounting was discontinued on $40,350,000 of these swap positions during 2007 because the instruments no longer qualified as an effective fair value hedge under SFAS 133 due to market rate changes in the bench-mark interest rate. Therefore, all changes in fair value were recognized in earnings during the period of the change. The net cash settlement, totaling $122,005, of these derivatives was included in noninterest income during 2007. As of December 31, 2007, these CD swaps had a recorded fair value of $12,073 and a weighted average life of 7.46 years, respectively. The weighted average fixed rate (receiving rate) was 5.04% and the weighted average variable rate (paying rate) was 5.00% (LIBOR based). Subsequent to December 31, 2007, five CD swaps with a notional value of $23,000,000 were called at par value.
 
Fair Value Hedges
 
As of December 31, 2007, the Corporation had $3,150,000 of notional amount of CD swaps designated and qualified as fair value hedges. As fair value hedges, the net cash settlements from the designated swaps are reported as part of net interest income. In addition, the Corporation will recognize in current earnings the change in fair value of both the interest rate swap and related hedged brokered CDs, with the ineffective portion of the hedge relationship reported in noninterest income. The fair value of the CD swaps is reported on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition in other assets or other liabilities and the change in fair value of the related hedged brokered CD is reported as an adjustment to the carrying value of the brokered CDs. As of December 31, 2007, the amount of CD swaps designated had a recorded fair value of $55,000 and a weighted average life of 6.62 years. The weighted average fixed rate (receiving rate) was 4.70% and the weighted average variable rate (paying rate) was 4.90% (LIBOR based).
 
Interest Rate Floors
 
During the fourth quarter of 2006, the Corporation entered into certain interest rate floor contracts that have not been qualified for hedge accounting treatment and will be used as an economic hedge. An interest rate floor is a contract in which the counterparty agrees to pay the difference between a current market rate of interest and an agreed rate multiplied by the amount of the notional amount. The Corporation entered into $50,000,000 interest rate floor contracts for a 3-year period with a 4.25% floor on the 3-month LIBOR rate. The Corporation paid a $248,000 premium. These economic hedges will be carried at fair value in other assets or other liabilities and changes in the fair value of these derivatives and any payments received will be recognized in noninterest income. The floors had a positive fair value of $590,000 and $215,000 as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. In March 2008, the Corporation terminated its interest rate floor contracts for $1,267,000 which resulted in a realized pre-tax gain of $677,000 that will be recognized in the Corporation’s first quarter 2008 consolidated statement of income.
 
Commitments to Originate Mortgage Loans
 
During the ordinary course of business, the Corporation enters into certain commitments with customers in connection with residential mortgage loan applications. Such commitments are considered derivatives under the provisions of SFAS No. 133, as amended by SFAS No. 149, Amendment to Statement 133 on Derivatives Instruments and Hedging Activities, and are therefore required to be recorded at fair value. The aggregate amount of


95


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
15.   Derivatives — (Continued)
 
these mortgage loan origination commitments was $20,908,000 and $28,733,000 at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The net unrealized gain of the origination commitments were $122,000 and $51,000 at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The fair values are calculated based on changes in market interest rates after the commitment date.
 
16.   Related Party Transactions
 
The Corporation has entered into transactions with its directors, executive officers, significant stockholders and their affiliates (related parties). Such transactions were made in the ordinary course of business on substantially the same terms and conditions, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the same time for comparable transactions with other customers, and did not, in the opinion of management, involve more than normal credit risk or present other unfavorable features. The aggregate amount of loans to such related parties at December 31, 2007 and 2006 were $24,381,000 and $11,340,000, respectively. Activity during the year ended December 31, 2007 is summarized as follows (in thousands):
 
                                     
Balance
              Balance
December 31,
          Other
  December 31,
2006
  Advances   Repayments   Changes   2007
 
$ 11,064     $ 17,831     $ 6,359     $ 1,845     $ 24,381  
                                     
 
At December 31, 2007 and 2006, the deposits of such related parties in the subsidiary bank amounted to approximately $35,825,000 and $23,793,000, respectively.
 
An insurance agency owned by one of the Corporation’s directors received commissions of approximately $185,328, $166,876, and $180,567 from the sale of insurance to the Corporation during 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Also, several sale-leaseback transaction were completed with one of the directors of the corporation during 2007 and early 2008. The total amount of rent paid by Superior Bank during 2007 pursuant to these leases was $97,500, These transactions are discussed further in Note 6.
 
The Corporation believes that all of the foregoing transactions were made on terms and conditions reflective of arm’s length transactions.
 
17.   Commitments and Contingencies
 
The consolidated financial statements do not reflect the Corporation’s various commitments and contingent liabilities which arise in the normal course of business and which involve elements of credit risk, interest rate risk and liquidity risk. These commitments and contingent liabilities are commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. The following is a summary of the Corporation’s maximum exposure to credit loss for loan commitments and standby letters of credit (in thousands):
 
                 
    December 31
    2007   2006
 
Commitments to extend credit
  $ 355,579     $ 361,523  
Standby letters of credit
    29,107       23,630  
 
Commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit all include exposure to some credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the customer. The Corporation’s credit policies and procedures for credit commitments and financial guarantees are the same as those for extension of credit that are recorded in the consolidated statement of financial condition. Because these instruments have fixed maturity dates, and because many of them expire without being drawn upon, they do not generally present any significant liquidity risk to the Corporation.


96


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
17.   Commitments and Contingencies — (Continued)
 
During 2007, 2006 and 2005, the Corporation settled various litigation matters, none of which were significant. The Corporation is also a defendant or co-defendant in various lawsuits incidental to the banking business. Management, after consultation with legal counsel, believes that liabilities, if any, arising from such litigation and claims will not result in a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial statements of the Corporation.
 
The Corporation is constructing or has plans to construct various new branch locations. In that regard, the Corporation has entered into commitments as of, or subsequent to, December 31, 2007 for the construction of these branch locations totaling approximately $2,125,000.
 
18.   Regulatory Restrictions
 
A source of funds available to the Corporation is the payment of dividends by its subsidiary. Regulations limit the amount of dividends that may be paid without prior approval of the subsidiary’s regulatory agency. Approximately $14,538,000 in retained earnings are available to be paid as dividends by the subsidiary at December 31, 2007.
 
During the fourth quarter of 2005 the Corporation became a unitary thrift holding company and, as such, is subject to regulation, examination and supervision by the OTS.
 
Simultaneously, the Corporation’s subsidiary bank’s charter was changed to a federal savings bank charter and is also subject to various regulatory requirements administered by the OTS. Prior to November 1, 2005 the Corporation’s banking subsidiary was regulated by the Alabama Banking Department and the Federal Reserve. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Corporation’s and its subsidiaries financial condition and results of operations. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the subsidiary bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the its assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The subsidiary bank’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors
 
Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Corporation’s subsidiary bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of tangible and core capital (as defined in the regulations) to adjusted total assets (as defined), and of total capital (as defined) and Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets (as defined). Management believes, as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, that the Corporation’s subsidiary bank meets all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject.


97


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
18.   Regulatory Restrictions — (Continued)
 
As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, the most recent notification from the subsidiary’s primary regulators categorized the subsidiary as “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. The table below represents the Corporation’s bank subsidiary’s regulatory and minimum regulatory capital requirements at December 31, 2007 and 2006 (dollars in thousands):
 
                                                 
                To Be Well
 
          For Capital
    Capitalized
 
          Adequacy
    Under Prompt
 
    Actual     Purposes     Corrective Action  
    Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio  
 
As of December 31, 2007
                                               
Tier 1 Core Capital
(to Adjusted Total Assets)
  $ 204,145       7.64 %   $ 106,872       4.00 %   $ 133,591       5.00 %
Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
    225,602       10.45       172,683       8.00       215,854       10.00  
Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
    204,145       9.46       N/A       N/A       129,513       6.00  
Tangible Capital (to Adjusted Total Assets)
    204,145       7.64       40,077       1.50       N/A       N/A  
As of December 31, 2006
                                               
Tier 1 Core Capital
(to Adjusted Total Assets)
  $ 174,084       7.64 %   $ 91,090       4.00 %   $ 113,863       5.00 %
Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
    192,259       10.69       143,843       8.00       179,803       10.00  
Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
    174,084       9.68       N/A       N/A       107,882       6.00  
Tangible Capital (to Adjusted Total Assets)
    174,084       7.64       34,159       1.50       N/A       N/A  
 
19.   Fair Values of Financial Instruments
 
The following methods and assumptions were used by the Corporation in estimating fair values of financial instruments as disclosed herein:
 
Cash and short-term instruments.  The carrying amounts of cash and short-term instruments, including interest-bearing deposits in other banks, federal funds sold and short-term commercial paper, approximate their fair value.
 
Investment securities available for sale.  Fair values for investment securities are based on quoted market prices. The carrying values of stock in FHLB and Federal Reserve Bank approximate fair values.
 
Tax lien certificates.  The carrying amount of tax lien certificates approximates their fair value.
 
Mortgage loans held for sale.  The carrying amounts of mortgage loans held for sale approximate their fair value.
 
Net loans.  Fair values for variable-rate loans that reprice frequently and have no significant change in credit risk are based on carrying values. Fair values for all other loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses using interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality. Fair values for impaired loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses or underlying collateral values, where applicable.
 
Accrued interest receivable.  The carrying amounts of accrued interest receivable approximate their fair values.
 
Deposits The fair values disclosed for demand deposits are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date (that is, their carrying amounts). The carrying amounts of variable-rate, fixed-term money market accounts and certificates of deposit (“CDs”) approximate their fair values at the reporting date. Fair values for fixed-rate CDs are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies interest rates currently


98


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
19.   Fair Values of Financial Instruments — (Continued)
 
being offered on advances from the FHLB of Atlanta to a schedule of aggregated expected monthly maturities on time deposits.
 
Advances from FHLB.  Rates currently available to the Corporation for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities are used to estimate fair value of existing debt.
 
Federal funds borrowed and security repurchase agreements.  The carrying amount of federal funds borrowed and security repurchase agreements approximate their fair values.
 
Notes payable.  The carrying amount of notes payable approximates their fair values.
 
Subordinated debentures.  Rates currently available to the Corporation for preferred offerings with similar terms and maturities are used to estimate fair value.
 
Interest rate swaps and floors.  Fair values for interest rate swaps and floors are based on quoted market prices.
 
Limitations.  Fair value estimates are made at a specific point of time and are based on relevant market information, which is continuously changing. Because no quoted market prices exist for a significant portion of the Corporation’s financial instruments, fair values for such instruments are based on management’s assumptions with respect to future economic conditions, estimated discount rates, estimates of the amount and timing of future cash flows, expected loss experience, and other factors. These estimates are subjective in nature involving uncertainties and matters of significant judgment; therefore, they cannot be determined with precision. Changes in the assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.


99


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
19.   Fair Values of Financial Instruments — (Continued)
 
The estimated fair values of the Corporation’s financial instruments are as follows:
 
                                 
    December 31, 2007     December 31, 2006  
    Carrying
    Fair
    Carrying
       
    Amount     Value     Amount     Fair Value  
    (In thousands)  
 
Financial assets:
                               
Cash and due from banks
  $ 52,983     $ 52,983     $ 49,783     $ 49,783  
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks
    6,916       6,916       10,994       10,994  
Federal funds sold
    3,452       3,452       25,185       25,185  
Securities available for sale
    361,171       361,171       354,716       354,716  
Tax lien certificates
    15,615       15,615       16,313       16,313  
Mortgage loans held for sale
    33,408       33,408       24,433       24,433  
Net loans
    2,017,011       2,010,120       1,639,528       1,634,782  
Stock in FHLB and Federal Reserve Bank
    14,945       14,945       12,382       12,382  
Accrued interest receivable
    16,512       16,512       14,387       14,387  
Interest rate swaps
    67       67              
Interest rate floors
    590       590       215       215  
Financial liabilities:
                               
Deposits
    2,200,611       2,204,371       1,870,841       1,868,121  
Advances from FHLB
    222,828       229,042       187,840       189,628  
Federal funds borrowed and security repurchase agreements
    17,075       17,075       23,415       23,415  
Notes payable
    9,500       9,500       5,545       5,545  
Junior subordinated debentures owed to unconsolidated subsidiary trusts
    53,744       53,526       44,006       47,481  
Interest rate swaps
                798       798  
 
20.   Pension Plan
 
As a result of its merger with Community, the Corporation became the sponsor of a defined benefit pension plan (the “Pension Plan”) and a nonqualified supplemental executive retirement plan (the “Benefit Restoration Plan”). Both plans were frozen by Community effective December 31, 2003. As long as the plans remain frozen, no employees become eligible to participate in the plans and no participants accrue any additional benefits. Benefits accrued as of the date of the freeze will be paid to participants in accordance with the terms of the plans.
 
Benefits under the Pension Plan depend upon a participant’s years of credited service and his or her average monthly earnings for the highest five consecutive years out of the participant’s final 10 years of employment. The number of years of credited service and average monthly earnings for each participant were fixed as of December 31, 2003. Normal retirement age under the Pension Plan is age 65. A participant with 10 years of service is eligible to receive early retirement benefits beginning at age 55. The Corporation is required to make contributions to the Pension Plan in amounts sufficient to satisfy the funding requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, as amended. Pension Plan assets are held in a trust and consist primarily of corporate stock and bonds.
 
The Benefit Restoration Plan was designed to provide certain key executives of Community with benefits which would have been paid to them under the Pension Plan except for certain limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. A participant’s benefit under the Benefit Restoration Plan is equal to the difference between his benefit under the Pension Plan calculated without regard to such limitations less the benefit payable to him from the Pension Plan. Benefit Restoration Plan benefits are unfunded.


100


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
20.   Pension Plan — (Continued)
 
The following tables set forth the funding status and the amount recognized for both the Pension Plan and the Benefit Restoration Plan in the Corporation’s consolidated statement of financial condition and consolidated statement of operations.
 
Pension Plan:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Change in benefit obligation
               
Benefit obligation as of December 31 and November 7, 2006, respectively
  $ 10,301     $ 10,540  
Interest cost
    590       97  
Benefits paid (including expenses)
    (556 )     (73 )
Actuarial (gain)/loss
    (265 )     (263 )
                 
Benefit obligation at end of year
  $ 10,070     $ 10,301  
                 
Change in plan assets
               
Fair value of plan assets as of December 31 and November 7, 2006, respectively
  $ 10,096     $ 9,915  
Actual return on plan assets
    997       254  
Benefits paid (including expenses)
    (556 )     (73 )
                 
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
  $ 10,537     $ 10,096  
                 
Funded status at end of year
               
Net amount recognized in statement of financial condition (after SFAS 158)
  $ 467     $ (205 )
                 
Amounts Recognized in the Statement of Financial Condition consist of:
               
Assets
  $ 467     $  
Liabilities
          (205 )
                 
Net amount recognized in statement of financial condition (after SFAS 158)
  $ 467     $ (205 )
                 
Amounts not yet reflected in net periodic benefit cost and included in accumulated other comprehensive income:
               
Transition (obligation) cost
  $     $  
Prior service (cost) credit
           
Net gain
    979       404  
                 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI)
    979       404  
Cumulative employer contributions in excess of net periodic benefit cost
    (512 )     (609 )
                 
Net amount recognized in statement of financial condition
  $ 467     $ (205 )
                 
Change in Accumulated other comprehensive income due to application of SFAS 158
               
Additional minimum liability (before SFAS 158)
  $     $  
Intangible assets offset (before SFAS 158)
           
AOCI (before SFAS 158)
           
Net increase in AOCI due to SFAS 158
          404  


101


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
20.   Pension Plan — (Continued)
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
                 
Additional year-end information for pension plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets:
               
Projected benefit obligation
  $ N/A     $ 10,301  
                 
Accumulated benefit obligation
  $ N/A     $ 10,301  
                 
Fair value of plan assets
  $ N/A     $ 10,096  
                 
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit obligations
               
Projected benefit obligation
    6.11 %     5.84 %
Rate of compensation increase
    N/A       N/A  
                 
Expected Cash Flows
               
Expected return of assets to employer in next year
  $     $  
                 
Expected employer contribution for next fiscal year
  $     $  
                 
Expected benefit payments
               
Year ending December 31, 2008
  $ 582          
Year ending December 31, 2009
    585          
Year ending December 31, 2010
    583          
Year ending December 31, 2011
    580          
Year ending December 31, 2012
    594          
Next five years
    3,218          
                 
Components of net periodic benefit cost
               
Interest cost
  $ 590     $ 97  
Expected return on plan assets
    (687 )     (113 )
                 
Net periodic benefit cost
  $ (97 )   $ (16 )
                 
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost
               
Discount rate
    5.84 %     5.65 %
Expected long-term return on plan assets
    7.00 %     7.00 %
Rate of compensation increase
  $ N/A     $ N/A  
 
The long-term expected rate of return for determining net periodic Pension Plan cost for the periods ending December 31, 2007 and 2006 (7.00%) was chosen by the Corporation from a best estimate range based upon the anticipated long-term returns and long-term volatility for asset categories based on the target asset allocation of the Pension Plan.

102


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
20.   Pension Plan — (Continued)
 
The Corporation’s Pension Plan weighted average asset allocations at December 31, 2007 and 2006:
 
                                 
    Percentage of Pension Plan Assets at December 31,     Long-term
       
    2007     2006     target     Range  
 
Asset Category:
                               
Cash and equivalents
    3.3 %     3.0 %     5.0 %     1-15 %
Equity securities
    48.2       63.0       60.0       50-65  
Debt securities
    48.5       34.0       35.0       30-50  
                                 
Total
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %        
                                 
 
The overall investment objective of the Pension Plan is to meet the long-term benefit obligations accrued under the Pension Plan through investment in a diversified mix of equity and fixed income securities. The investment portfolio will be diversified to comply with fiduciary standards set forth under ERISA.
 
Long-term asset allocation targets and ranges are based on historical risk and return characteristics of the capital markets, plan objective and plan investment time horizon. Shorter term asset allocation strategies, executed within the guidelines of the investment policy take into consideration plan liquidity needs and current and expected market conditions.
 
The investment portfolio utilizes mutual funds to facilitate investment in each of the asset classes and sectors. The fixed income mutual funds currently utilized in the portfolio have objectives and exhibit characteristics in aggregate of intermediate and short-term maturity/duration securities. Certain individual issues within these funds will have a maturity/duration longer than what is typically considered short-term or intermediate. Over the long term, the fixed income portfolio would be expected to exhibit characteristics of the aggregate bond market.
 
Benefit Restoration Plan:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Change in benefit obligation
               
Benefit obligation as of December 31 and November 7, 2006, respectively
  $ 2,771     $ 2,802  
Interest cost
    158       26  
Benefits paid (including expenses)
    (60 )     (10 )
Actuarial (gain)/loss
    (40 )     (47 )
                 
Benefit obligation at end of year
  $ 2,829     $ 2,771  
                 
Change in plan assets
               
Fair value of plan assets as of December 31 and November 7, 2006, respectively
  $     $  
Actual return on plan assets
           
Employer contribution
    60       10  
Benefits paid (including expenses)
    (60 )     (10 )
                 
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
  $     $  
                 
Funded status at end of year
               
Net amount recognized in statement of financial condition
(after SFAS 158)
  $ (2,829 )   $ (2,771 )
                 


103


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
20.   Pension Plan — (Continued)
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Amounts Recognized in the Statement of Financial Condition consist of:
               
Assets
  $     $  
Current liabilities
    (265 )     (161 )
Noncurrent liabilities
    (2,564 )     (2,610 )
                 
Net amount recognized in statement of financial position (after SFAS 158)
  $ (2,829 )   $ (2,771 )
                 
Amounts not yet reflected in net periodic benefit cost and included in accumulated other comprehensive income:
               
Transition (obligation) cost
  $     $  
Prior service (cost) credit
           
Net gain
    88       47  
                 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI)
    88       47  
Cumulative employer contributions in excess of net periodic benefit cost
    (2,917 )     (2,818 )
                 
Net amount recognized in statement of financial condition
  $ (2,829 )   $ (2,771 )
                 
Change in Accumulated other comprehensive income due to application of SFAS 158
               
Additional minimum liability (before SFAS 158)
  $     $  
Intangible assets offset (before SFAS 158)
           
AOCI (before SFAS 158)
           
Net increase in AOCI due to SFAS 158
          47  
                 
Additional year-end information for pension plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets:
               
Projected benefit obligation
  $ 2,829     $ 2,771  
                 
Accumulated benefit obligation
  $ 2,829     $ 2,771  
                 
Fair value of plan assets
  $     $  
                 
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit obligations
               
Projected benefit obligation
    6.11 %     5.84 %
Rate of compensation increase
    N/A       N/A  
                 
Components of net periodic benefit cost
               
Interest cost
    158       26  
                 
Net periodic benefit cost
  $ 158     $ 26  
                 
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost
               
Discount rate
    5.84 %     5.65 %
Expected long-term return on plan assets
    N/A       N/A  
Rate of compensation increase
    N/A       N/A  
                 
Expected Cash Flows
               
Expected return of assets to employer in next year
  $          
Expected employer contribution for next fiscal year
    265          

104


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
20.   Pension Plan — (Continued)
 
                 
                 
Expected benefit payments
               
Year ending December 31, 2008
  $ 265          
Year ending December 31, 2009
    262          
Year ending December 31, 2010
    258          
Year ending December 31, 2011
    254          
Year ending December 31, 2012
    250          
Next five years
    1,170          
 
21.   Other Noninterest Expense
 
Other noninterest expense consisted of the following (dollars in thousands):
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Professional fees
  $ 2,269     $ 2,593     $ 2,745  
Directors fees
    397       345       380  
Insurance and assessments
    2,189       1,898       2,344  
Postage, stationery and supplies
    2,252       1,251       997  
Communications
    2,007       988       1,075  
Advertising
    2,397       1,348       857  
Foreclosure losses
    227       210       796  
Other operating expense
    6,821       5,116       4,889  
                         
Total
  $ 18,559     $ 13,749     $ 14,083  
                         
 
22.   Concentrations of Credit Risk
 
All of the Corporation’s loans, commitments and standby letters of credit have been granted to customers in the Corporation’s market areas. The concentrations of credit by type of loan or commitment are set forth in Notes 4 and 17, respectively.
 
The Corporation maintains cash balances and federal funds sold at several financial institutions. Cash balances at each institution are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) up to $100,000. At various times throughout the year, cash balances held at these institutions will exceed federally insured limits. Superior Bank’s management monitors these institutions on a quarterly basis in order to determine that the institutions meet “well-capitalized” guidelines as established by the FDIC.


105


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
23.   Net Income (Loss) Per Common Share
 
The following table sets forth the computation of basic net income (loss) per common share and diluted net income (loss) per common share (in thousands, except per share amounts):
 
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Numerator:
                       
Net income (loss)
  $ 7,621     $ 4,997     $ (5,786 )
Less preferred dividends
                (305 )
Less conversion of preferred stock
                (2,006 )
                         
For basic and diluted, net income (loss) applicable to common stockholders
  $ 7,621     $ 4,997     $ (8,097 )
                         
Denominator:
                       
For basic, weighted average common shares outstanding
    36,974       23,409       19,154  
Effect of dilutive stock options
    358       625        
                         
Average common shares outstanding, assuming dilution
    37,332       24,034       19,154  
                         
Basic net income (loss) per common share
  $ 0.21     $ 0.21     $ (.42 )
                         
Diluted net income (loss) per common share
  $ 0.20     $ 0.21     $ (.42 )
                         
 
Basic net income (loss) per common share is calculated by dividing net income (loss), less dividend requirements on outstanding convertible preferred stock, by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period.
 
Diluted net income (loss) per common share takes into consideration the pro forma dilution assuming outstanding convertible preferred stock and certain unvested restricted stock and unexercised stock option awards were converted or exercised into common shares. Options on 620,301 shares of common stock and the weighted average effect of 382,192 shares of convertible preferred stock prior to conversion were not included in computing diluted net (loss) per share for the year ended December 31, 2005, as they are considered anti-dilutive. No shares of convertible preferred stock remained outstanding at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005.
 
24.   Parent Company
 
The condensed financial information (unaudited) for Superior Bancorp (Parent Company only) is presented as follows (in thousands):
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
 
Statements of financial condition
               
Assets:
               
Cash
  $ 662     $ 1,318  
Investment in subsidiaries
    392,865       306,792  
Intangibles, net
    214       214  
Premises and equipment — net
    4,252       6,713  
Other assets
    20,851       19,719  
                 
    $ 418,844     $ 334,756  
                 
Liabilities:
               
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
  $ 5,558     $ 9,118  
Notes payable
    9,500       5,545  
Subordinated debentures
    53,744       44,006  
Stockholders’ equity
    350,042       276,087  
                 
    $ 418,844     $ 334,756  
                 


106


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
24.   Parent Company — (Continued)
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Statements of operations
                       
Income:
                       
Dividends from subsidiaries
  $ 7,000     $ 1,750     $ 2,585  
Interest
    156       116       15  
Other income
    404       415       852  
                         
      7,560       2,281       3,452  
Expense:
                       
Directors’ fees
    269       276       270  
Salaries and benefits
    1,384       708       10,831  
Occupancy expense
    362       512       897  
Interest expense
    4,569       3,566       3,142  
Other
    2,373       886       2,257  
                         
      8,957       5,948       17,397  
                         
Loss before income taxes and equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries
    (1,397 )     (3,667 )     (13,945 )
Income tax benefit
    3,513       1,409       6,445  
                         
Income (loss) before equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries
    2,116       (2,258 )     (7,500 )
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries
    5,505       7,255       1,714  
                         
Net income (loss)
  $ 7,621     $ 4,997     $ (5,786 )
                         
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Statements of cash flows
                       
Operating activities                        
Net income (loss)
  $ 7,621     $ 4,997     $ (5,786 )
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash used by operating activities:
                       
Amortization and depreciation expense
    184       245       257  
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries
    (5,505 )     (7,255 )     (1,714 )
Other (decrease) increase
    (1,120 )     1,392       (868 )
                         
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities
    1,180       (621 )     (8,111 )
Investing activities
                       
Proceeds from sale of premises and equipment
    339       947       19  
Purchases of premises and equipment
          (5 )      
Net cash paid in business combinations
    (2,527 )     (3,855 )      
                         
Net cash (used) provided by investing activities
    (2,188 )     (2,913 )     19  


107


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
24.   Parent Company — (Continued)
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Financing activities
                       
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
    640       992       10,542  
Proceeds from note payable
    10,000       2,000        
Principal payment on note payable
    (6,045 )     (210 )     (210 )
Proceeds from issuance of junior subordinated debentures
    22,680              
Principal payment on junior subordinated debentures
    (16,495 )            
Purchase of treasury stock
    (10,428 )            
Cash dividends paid
                (305 )
                         
Net cash provided by financing activities
    352       2,782       10,027  
Net (decrease) increase in cash
    (656 )     (752 )     1,935  
Cash at beginning of year
    1,318       2,070       135  
                         
Cash at end of year
  $ 662     $ 1,318     $ 2,070  
                         
 
25.   Selected Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited)
 
A summary of the unaudited results of operations for each quarter of 2007 and 2006 follows (in thousands, except per share data):
 
                                 
    First
    Second
    Third
    Fourth
 
    Quarter     Quarter     Quarter     Quarter  
 
2007
                               
Total interest income
  $ 39,744     $ 40,067     $ 45,999     $ 46,120  
Total interest expense
    21,710       22,554       26,093       26,410  
Net interest income
    18,034       17,513       19,906       19,710  
Provision for loan losses
    705       1,000       1,179       1,657  
Securities gains
    243                   66  
Changes in fair value of derivatives
    (152 )     118       202       1,141  
Income before income taxes
    3,389       2,993       2,361       3,011  
Net income
    2,298       1,969       1,450       1,904  
Basic net income per common share
    0.07       0.06       0.04       0.05  
Diluted net income per common share
    0.07       0.06       0.04       0.05  
                                 
2006
                               
Total interest income
  $ 21,649     $ 23,608     $ 27,458     $ 36,062  
Total interest expense
    11,645       13,195       16,543       20,000  
Net interest income
    10,004       10,413       10,915       16,062  
Provision for loan losses
    600       700       550       650  
Changes in fair value of derivatives
    70       (33 )     6       331  
Income before income taxes
    1,100       1,880       979       2,961  
Net income
    850       1,274       813       2,060  
Basic net income per common share
    0.04       0.06       0.04       0.07  
Diluted net income per common share
    0.04       0.06       0.04       0.06  
 
Due to the effect of quarterly weighted average share calculations, the sum of the quarterly net income per share amounts may not total the year-to-date net income per share amounts.
 
26.   Segment Reporting
 
Beginning in the third quarter of 2007, the Corporation’s management made certain revisions to how it assesses the performance of its reportable business segments. The following presentation of segment data has been revised to

108


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
26.   Segment Reporting — (Continued)
 
reflect this change. The Corporation has two reportable segments, the Alabama Region and the Florida Region. The Alabama Region consists of operations located throughout Alabama. The Florida Region consists of operations located primarily in the Tampa Bay area and panhandle region of Florida. The Corporation’s reportable segments are managed as separate business units because they are located in different geographic areas. Both segments derive revenues from the delivery of financial services. These services include commercial loans, mortgage loans, consumer loans, deposit accounts and other financial services. All of the corporate administrative costs and other banking activities have been removed from the Alabama Region. Administrative and other banking activities included the results of the Corporation’s investment portfolio, home mortgage division, brokered deposits and borrowed funds positions.
 
The Corporation evaluates performance and allocates resources based on profit or loss from operations. There are no material inter-segment sales or transfers. Net interest income is used as the basis for performance evaluation rather than its components, total interest income and total interest expense. The accounting policies used by each reportable segment are the same as those discussed in Note 1. All costs, except corporate administration and income taxes, have been allocated to the reportable segments. Therefore, combined amounts agree to the consolidated totals (in thousands).
                                         
                Total
          Superior
 
    Alabama
    Florida
    Alabama and
    Administrative
    Bancorp
 
    Region     Region     Florida     and Other     Combined  
 
2007
                                       
Net interest income
  $ 36,844     $ 38,059     $ 74,903     $ 259     $ 75,162  
Provision for loan losses
    3,845       1,632       5,477       (936 )     4,541  
Noninterest income
    7,021       1,723       8,744       10,613       19,357  
Noninterest expense
    24,924       14,702       39,626       38,597       78,223  
                                         
Operating profit (loss)
  $ 15,096     $ 23,448     $ 38,544     $ (26,789 )     11,755  
                                         
Income tax expense
                                    4,134  
                                         
Net income
                                  $ 7,621  
                                         
Total assets
  $ 1,029,652     $ 1,124,816     $ 2,154,468     $ 730,957     $ 2,885,425  
                                         
2006
                                       
Net interest income
  $ 27,369     $ 25,379     $ 52,748     $ (5,354 )   $ 47,394  
Provision for loan losses
    2,152       1,150       3,302       (802 )     2,500  
Noninterest income
    4,468       1,092       5,560       6,251       11,811  
Noninterest expense
    14,064       7,156       21,220       28,565       49,785  
                                         
Operating profit (loss)
  $ 15,621     $ 18,165     $ 33,786     $ (26,866 )     6,920  
                                         
Income tax expense
                                    1,923  
                                         
Net income
                                  $ 4,997  
                                         
Total assets
  $ 985,423     $ 862,462     $ 1,847,885     $ 593,105     $ 2,440,990  
                                         
2005
                                       
Net interest income
  $ 24,920     $ 16,807     $ 41,727     $ (2,702 )   $ 39,025  
Provision for loan losses
    2,439       1,061       3,500             3,500  
Noninterest income
    6,443       1,123       7,566       7,131       14,697  
Noninterest expense
    11,981       4,759       16,740       43,880       60,620  
                                         
Operating profit (loss)
  $ 16,943     $ 12,110     $ 29,053     $ (39,451 )     (10,398 )
                                         
Income tax benefit
                                    (4,612 )
                                         
Net loss
                                  $ (5,786 )
                                         
Total assets
  $ 511,077     $ 414,045     $ 925,122     $ 490,347     $ 1,415,469  
                                         


109


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
27.   Stockholders Equity
 
Stock Repurchase Plan
 
The Corporation announced in June 2007 that the Board of Directors had approved the repurchase of up to 1,000,000 shares of the Corporation’s outstanding common stock. During the quarter ended September 30, 2007, the Corporation purchased 1,000,000 shares of then outstanding stock at an average price of $9.22 per share, which have been recorded, at cost, as treasury stock in the consolidated statement of financial condition. The shares were purchased in the open market through negotiated or block transactions and were not repurchased from the Corporations management team or other insiders.
 
The Corporation announced in October 2007 that the Board of Directors approved the purchase of an additional 1,000,000 shares of its outstanding common stock beginning on or after November 2, 2007. During the quarter ended December 31, 2007, the Corporation purchased 182,000 shares of then outstanding stock at an average price of $6.61, which have been recorded, at cost, as treasury stock in the consolidated statement of financial condition. The shares were purchased in the open market through negotiated or block transactions. The Corporation did not repurchase any shares from its management team or other insiders. This stock repurchase program does not obligate the Corporation to acquire any specific number of shares and may be suspended or discontinued at any time.
 
Termination of Superior ESOP
 
Effective August 31, 2007, the Corporation terminated the Superior Bancorp Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the “ESOP”) (See Note 12). The ESOP was leveraged, and a promissory note existed between the ESOP and the Corporation that had a remaining balance of $1,165,000 at the termination date. The promissory note was satisfied by the transfer from the ESOP to the Corporation of 127,469 unallocated shares of Corporation common stock valued at a price of $9.14 per share, the closing price that day. The Corporation transferred these shares during the third quarter of 2007 to treasury stock at current market value from the unallocated ESOP shares account. The remaining 17,178 unallocated shares were committed to be allocated to the participants’ accounts, and, as a result, the Corporation recognized additional compensation expense during the third quarter of 2007 of approximately $158,000.
 
28.   Management Separation Costs and Insurance Settlement
 
On July 21, 2005, the Corporation announced that it had bought out the employment contracts of its Chief Financial Officer and its General Counsel, effective June 30, 2005. Under these agreements, in lieu of the payments to which they would have been entitled under their employment agreements, the Corporation paid a total of $2,392,343 on July 22, 2005. In addition, these officers became fully vested in stock options and restricted stock previously granted to them and in benefits under their deferred compensation agreements with the Corporation.
 
In May 2005, the Corporation received $5,000,000 (approximately $3,200,000 after-tax, or $.17 per common share) to resolve its insurance claims relating to fraud losses which occurred in previous periods.
 
On January 24, 2005, the Corporation announced that it had entered into a series of executive management change agreements. These agreements set forth the employment of C. Stanley Bailey as Chief Executive Officer and a director of the Corporation and chairman of the Corporation’s banking subsidiary, C. Marvin Scott as President of the Corporation and the Corporation’s banking subsidiary, and Rick D. Gardner as Chief Operating Officer of the Corporation and the Corporation’s banking subsidiary. These agreements also provided for the purchase by Mr. Bailey, Mr. Scott and Mr. Gardner, along with other investors, of 925,636 shares of common stock of the Corporation at $8.17 per share. The Corporation also entered into agreements with James A. Taylor and James A. Taylor, Jr. under which they would continue to serve as Chairman of the Board of the Corporation and as a director of the Corporation, respectively, but would cease their employment as officers of the Corporation and officers and


110


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
28.   Management Separation Costs and Insurance Settlement — (Continued)
 
directors of the Corporation’s banking subsidiary. Mr. Taylor and Mr. Taylor, Jr. subsequently resigned as directors of the Corporation to pursue other business opportunities.
 
Under the agreement with Mr. Taylor, in lieu of the payments to which he would have been entitled under his employment agreement, the Corporation paid Mr. Taylor $3,940,155 on January 24, 2005 and $3,152,124 in December 2005, and $784,541 in December 2006. The agreement also provides for the provision of certain insurance benefits to Mr. Taylor, the transfer of a “key man” life insurance policy to Mr. Taylor, and the maintenance of such policy by the Corporation for five years (with the cost of maintaining such policy included in the above amounts), in each case substantially as required by his employment agreement. This obligation to provide such payments and benefits to Mr. Taylor is absolute and will survive the death or disability of Mr. Taylor.
 
Under the agreement with Mr. Taylor, Jr., in lieu of the payments to which he would have been entitled under his employment agreement, the Corporation paid Mr. Taylor, Jr., $1,382,872 on January 24, 2005. The agreement also provides for the provision of certain insurance benefits to Mr. Taylor, Jr. and for the immediate vesting of his unvested incentive awards and deferred compensation in each case substantially as required by his employment agreement. This obligation to provide such payments and benefits to Mr. Taylor, Jr. is absolute and will survive the death or disability of Mr. Taylor, Jr. (see Note 29.)
 
In connection with the above described management separation transactions, the Corporation recognized pre-tax expenses of $15,467,000 for the year ended December 31, 2005. At December 31, 2007 and 2006, the Corporation had $363,000 and $416,000, respectively of accrued liabilities related to these agreements.
 
29.   Subsequent Events
 
In January 2008, the Corporation’s banking subsidiary entered into agreements with a limited liability company, of which one of the Corporation’s directors is a member, pursuant to which the limited liability company purchased on January 31, 2008 office buildings located in Albertville and Athens, Alabama for a total of $4,250,000. See Note 6 for further details of this transaction.
 
In January 2008, the Corporation securitized approximately $18,000,000 of residential mortgage loans retaining 100 percent of the beneficial interest and retained interest. The beneficial interest includes federal agency securities issued by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”) and the retained interest includes a servicing asset. No gain or loss was recognized on the securitization, however, the Corporation entered a commitment to sell the securities for a gain of approximately $347,000 which will close in February 2008. The Company retained servicing responsibilities and will receive servicing fees amounting to approximately 25 basis points of the outstanding balance of these loans. The FHLMC has no recourse to the Corporation for failure of debtors to pay when due.
 
In January 2008, various members of the Corporation’s management received restricted stock grants totaling 107,150 shares. See note 12 for further details regarding this grant.
 
In February 2008, James A. Taylor, Jr. and the Corporation jointly agreed to terminate all current and future obligations under the management separation agreement dated January 24, 2005 for a total payment of $568,000.


111


Table of Contents

 
SUPERIOR BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
29.   Subsequent Events — (Continued)
 
In March 2008, the Corporation terminated its interest rate floor contracts for $1,267,000 which resulted in a realized pre-tax gain of $677,000 that the Corporation will recognize in the Corporation’s first quarter 2008 consolidated statement of income (see Note 15).
 
In March 2008, the Corporation’s Board of Directors approved, subject to approval by its stockholders, a proposed amendment to Superior Bancorp’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation effecting a 1-for-4 reverse split of its issued and outstanding shares of common stock and decreasing the number of its authorized shares of common stock from 60,000,000 to 15,000,000. Contingent on approval of this proposal by the requisite vote of the stockholders at the Corporation’s 2008 annual meeting of stockholders, and the filing of the proposed amendment with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, the 1-for-4 reverse stock split and reduction of authorized shares would be effective in accordance with the terms of the proposed amendment. The Corporation anticipates that the reverse stock split will become effective shortly after the 2008 annual meeting of stockholders.


112


Table of Contents

 
Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.
 
None.
 
Item 9A.  Controls And Procedures
 
Officer Certifications
 
Appearing immediately following the Signatures section of this report are Certifications of our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and our Chief Financial Officer, who is our principal financial officer (“PFO”). The Certifications are required to be made by Rule 13a-14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. This Item contains the information about the evaluation that is referred to in the Certifications, and the information set forth below in this Item should be read in conjunction with the Certifications for a more complete understanding of the Certifications.
 
Conclusion Regarding the Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
 
We maintain disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information required to be disclosed in our Exchange Act reports is made known to the officers who certify our financial reports and to other members of our senior management and our Board of Directors.
 
Based on their evaluation as of December 31, 2007, our CEO and our PFO have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-l5(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) are effective to ensure that the information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.
 
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
 
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our CEO and our PFO, our management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, as of December 31, 2007. Based on this evaluation under the framework in Internal Control — Integrated Framework, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2007.
 
During 2007, we acquired People’s as described in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements. Management has excluded this business from its evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007. This business represented approximately 12% of our consolidated total assets as of December 31, 2007, and approximately 7% percent of our consolidated net interest income for the year then ended.


113


Table of Contents

 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
Board of Directors and Shareholders
Superior Bancorp
 
We have audited Superior Bancorp’s (a Delaware Corporation) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Superior Bancorp’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on Superior Bancorp’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
As indicated in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting did not include an assessment of the internal controls over financial reporting of People’s Community Bancshares, Inc., the financial statements of which are included in the 2007 consolidated financial statements of Superior Bancorp and Subsidiaries, and constituted approximately 12 percent of the Company’s consolidated total assets as of December 31, 2007, and approximately 7 percent of the Company’s consolidated net interest income for the year then ended. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of Superior Bancorp and Subsidiaries also did not include an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of People’s Community Bancshares, Inc.
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. In our opinion, Superior Bancorp maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by COSO.
 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statement of financial condition of Superior Bancorp and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2007, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2007, and our report dated March 14, 2008, expressed an unqualified opinion.
 
/s/  GRANT THORNTON LLP
 
Raleigh, North Carolina
March 14, 2008


114


Table of Contents

 
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
 
There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the most recent fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
 
Item 9B.  Other Information.
 
None.
 
PART III
 
Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14.   Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant; Executive Compensation; Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters; Certain Relationships and Related Transactions; and Principal Accounting Fees and Services.
 
The information set forth under the captions “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management,” “Nominees for Director,” “Executive Officers,” “Certain Information Concerning the Board of Directors and Its Committees,” “Stockholder Communications with the Board,” “Director Compensation,” “Code of Ethics,” “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance,” “Executive Compensation and Other Information,” “Certain Transactions and Relationships” and “Relationship with Independent Public Accountants” included in our definitive proxy statement to be filed no later than April 30, 2008, in connection with our 2008 Annual Meeting of Stockholders is incorporated herein by reference.
 
PART IV
 
Item 15.   Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.
 
(a) Financial Statements and Financial Schedules.
 
  (l)  The consolidated financial statements of Superior Bancorp and its subsidiaries filed as a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K are listed in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, which is hereby incorporated by reference herein.
 
  (2)  All schedules to the consolidated financial statements of Superior Bancorp and its subsidiaries have been omitted because they are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable, or because the required information has been provided in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.
 
(b) Exhibits.
 
The exhibits required by Regulation S-K are set forth in the following list and are filed either by incorporation by reference from previous filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission or by attachment to this Annual Report on Form 10-K as indicated below. Prior to May 2006, Superior Bancorp was named “The Banc Corporation”. Many of the following exhibits accordingly reference “The Banc Corporation”.
 
     
(3)-l
  Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Superior Bancorp, filed as Exhibit 3 to Superior Bancorp’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 17, 2007, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(3)-2
  Bylaws of Superior Bancorp, filed as Exhibit 3 to Superior Bancorp’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 20, 2007, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(4)-1
  Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, dated as of September 7, 2000, by and among State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association, as Institutional Trustee, The Banc Corporation, as Sponsor, David R. Carter and James A. Taylor, Jr., as Administrators, filed as Exhibit(4)-l to The Banc Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 3l, 2000, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.


115


Table of Contents

     
(4)-2
  Guarantee Agreement, dated as of September 7, 2000, by and between The Banc Corporation and State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association, filed as Exhibit(4)-2 to The Banc Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(4)-3
  Indenture, dated as of September 7, 2000, by and among The Banc Corporation as issuer and State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association, as Trustee, filed as Exhibit(4)-3 to The Banc Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(4)-4
  Placement Agreement, dated as of August 31, 2000, by and among The Banc Corporation, TBC Capital Statutory Trust II, Keefe Bruyette & Woods, Inc., and First Tennessee Capital Markets, filed as Exhibit(4)-4 to The Banc Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(4)-5
  Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, dated as of July 16, 2001, by and among The Banc Corporation, The Bank of New York, David R. Carter, and James A. Taylor, Jr. filed as Exhibit(4)-5 to The Banc Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration No. 333-69734) is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(4)-6
  Guarantee Agreement, dated as of July 16, 2001, by The Banc Corporation and The Bank of New York filed as Exhibit(4)-6 to The Banc Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration No. 333-69734) is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(4)-7
  Indenture, dated as of July 16, 2001, by The Banc Corporation and The Bank of New York filed as Exhibit(4)-7 to The Banc Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration No. 333-69734) is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(4)-8
  Placement Agreement, dated as of June 28, 2001, among TBC Capital Statutory Trust III, and The Banc Corporation and Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. filed as Exhibit(4)-8 to The Banc Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration No. 333-69734) is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(4)-9
  Indenture, dated March 23, 2000, by and between Community Bancshares, Inc. and The Bank of New York filed as Exhibit 4.4 to Community Bancshares’ Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2000, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(4)-10
  Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, dated March 23, 2000, by and among The Bank of New York (Delaware), The Bank of New York, Community Bancshares, Inc. and Community (AL) Capital Trust I filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Community Bancshares’ Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2000, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(4)-11
  Guarantee Agreement, dated March 23, 2000, by and between Community Bancshares, Inc. and The Bank of New York filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Community Bancshares’ Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2000, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(4)-12
  Stock Purchase Agreement, dated January 24, 2005, between The Banc Corporation and the investors named therein, filed as Exhibit 4-1 to The Banc Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 24, 2005, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(4)-13
  Registration Rights Agreement, dated January 24, 2005, between The Banc Corporation and the investors named therein, filed as Exhibit 4-2 to The Banc Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 24, 2005, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(4)-14
  Indenture, dated as of December 15, 2005, by and between Peoples Community Bancshares, Inc. and Wilmington Trust Company.
(4)-15
  Placement Agreement, dated as of December 7, 2005, by and among Peoples Community Bancshares, Inc., Peoples Community Statutory Trust I, FTN Financial Capital Markets and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.
(4)-16
  Guarantee Agreement, dated as of December 15, 2005, by and between Peoples Community Bancshares, Inc. and Wilmington Trust Company.
(4)-17
  Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, dated as of December 15, 2005, by and among Wilmington Trust Company, Peoples Community Bancshares, Inc., Neil D. McCurry, Jr. and Dorothy S. Barth.
(4)-18
  Declaration of Trust, dated July 10, 2007, by and among Superior Bancorp, Wilmington Trust Company, Mark A. Tarnakow, William H. Caughran and Rick D. Gardner filed as Exhibit 4.01 to Superior Bancorp’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2007.

116


Table of Contents

     
(4)-19
  Indenture, dated as of July 19, 2007, between Superior Bancorp and Wilmington Trust Company filed as Exhibit 4.02 to Superior Bancorp’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2007.
(4)-20
  Guarantee Agreement, dated as of July 19, 2007, between Superior Bancorp and Wilmington Trust Company filed as Exhibit 4.03 to Superior Bancorp’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2007.
(4)-21
  Placement Agreement, dated July 18, 2007, by and among Superior Bancorp, FTN Capital Markets and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. filed as Exhibit 4.04 to Superior Bancorp’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2007.
(10)-1
  Third Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Incentive Plan of The Banc Corporation, filed as Exhibit (10)-1 to The Banc Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(10)-2
  Commerce Bank of Alabama Incentive Stock Compensation Plan, filed as Exhibit(4)-3 to The Banc Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, dated February 22, 1999 (Registration No. 333-72747), is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(10)-3
  Employment Agreement by and between The Banc Corporation and James A. Taylor, filed as Exhibit (10)-1 to The Banc Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for quarter ended March 31, 2002 is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(10)-4
  Deferred Compensation Agreement by and between The Banc Corporation and James A. Taylor, filed as Exhibit (10)-2 to The Banc Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-l (Registration No. 333-67011), is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(10)-5
  Form of Deferred Compensation Agreement by and between The Banc Corporation and the individuals listed on Schedule A attached thereto filed as Exhibit (10)-11 to The Banc Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(10)-6
  Form of Deferred Compensation Agreement by and between Superior Bank and the individuals listed on Schedule A attached thereto filed as Exhibit (10)-11 to The Banc Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(10)-7
  Agreement dated as of June 30, 2005, by and between The Banc Corporation and David R. Carter, filed as Exhibit 10-3 to The Banc Corporation’s Current Report on Form 10-K dated July 21, 2005, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(10)-8
  Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2005, by and between The Banc Corporation and F. Hampton McFadden, Jr., filed as Exhibit 10-4 to The Banc Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 21, 2005, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(10)-9
  Agreement, dated January 24, 2005, between The Banc Corporation and James A. Taylor, Sr., filed as Exhibit 10-3 to The Banc Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 24, 2005, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(10)-10
  Agreement, dated January 24, 2005, between The Banc Corporation and James A. Taylor, Jr., filed as Exhibit 10-4 to The Banc Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 24, 2005, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(10)-11
  Employment Agreement, dated January 24, 2005, by and between The Banc Corporation, The Bank and C. Stanley Bailey, filed as Exhibit 10-5 to The Banc Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 24, 2005, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(10)-12
  Employment Agreement, dated January 24, 2005, by and between The Banc Corporation, The Bank and C. Marvin Scott, filed as Exhibit 10-6 to The Banc Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 24, 2005, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(10)-13
  Employment Agreement, dated January 24, 2005, by and between The Banc Corporation, The Bank and Rick D. Gardner, filed as Exhibit 10-7 to The Banc Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 24, 2005, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(10)-14
  Agreement and Plan of Merger between Kensington Bankshares, Inc. and The Banc Corporation, dated March 6, 2006, filed as Exhibit 10 to The Banc Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 6, 2006, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(10)-15
  Agreement and Plan of Merger between Community Bancshares, Inc. and The Banc Corporation, dated April 29, 2006, filed as Exhibit 2.01 to The Banc Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2006, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

117


Table of Contents

     
(10)-16
  Agreement and Plan of Merger between People’s Community Bancshares, Inc. and Superior Bancorp, dated January 18, 2007, filed as Exhibit 10 to Superior Bancorp’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 18, 2007, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(10)-17
  Change in Control Agreement between The Banc Corporation and James C. Gossett dated April 1, 2002, filed as Exhibit (10)-17 to Superior Bancorp’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006 is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(10)-18
  Agreement between Superior Bank and William H. Caughran, dated August 31, 2006, filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Amendment No. 1 to Superior Bancorp’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration No. 333-136419) is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(10)-19
  Management Incentive Compensation Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to The Banc Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated April 26, 2005, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
(10)-20
  Change in Control Agreement, dated March 10, 2008, by and among Superior Bancorp, Superior Bank and Mark A. Tarnakow.
(10)-21
  Change in Control Agreement, dated March 10, 2008, by and among Superior Bancorp, Superior Bank and William H. Caughran.
(21)
  Subsidiaries of Superior Bancorp.
(23)-1
  Consent of Grant Thornton, LLP.
(23)-2
  Consent of Carr, Riggs & Ingram, LLC.
(31)
  Certifications of Chief Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a).
(32)
  Certifications of Chief Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.
 
(c) Financial Statement Schedules.
 
The Financial Statement Schedules required to be filed with this Annual Report on Form 10-K are listed under “Financial Statement Schedules” in Part IV, Item 15(a)(2) of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and are incorporated herein by reference.

118


Table of Contents

 
SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
SUPERIOR BANCORP
 
  By 
/s/  C. Stanley Bailey
C. Stanley Bailey
Chief Executive Officer
 
March 14, 2008
 
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints C. Stanley Bailey and Mark A. Tarnakow, and each of them, the true and lawful agents and his attorneys-in-fact with full power and authority in either of said agents and attorneys-in-fact, acting singly, to sign for the undersigned as Director or an officer of the Corporation, or as both, the Corporation’s 2007 Annual Report on Form 10-K to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C. under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and to sign any amendment or amendments to such Annual Report, including an Annual Report pursuant to 11-K to be filed as an amendment to the Form 10-K; hereby ratifying and confirming all acts taken by such agents and attorneys-in-fact as herein authorized.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated.
 
         
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
/s/  C. Stanley Bailey
C. Stanley Bailey
 
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and Director
  March 14, 2008
         
/s/  Mark A. Tarnakow
Mark A. Tarnakow
 
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
  March 14, 2008
         
/s/  Roger Barker
Roger Barker
 
Director
  March 14, 2008
         
/s/  K. Earl Durden
K. Earl Durden
 
Director
  March 14, 2008
         
/s/  Rick D. Gardner
Rick D. Gardner
 
Director
  March 14, 2008
         
/s/  Thomas E. Jernigan, Jr.
Thomas E. Jernigan, Jr.
 
Director
  March 14, 2008
         
/s/  James Mailon Kent, Jr.
James Mailon Kent, Jr.
 
Director
  March 14, 2008
         
/s/  Mark A. Lee
Mark A. Lee
 
Director
  March 14, 2008
         
/s/  James M. Link
James M. Link
 
Director
  March 14, 2008


119


Table of Contents

         
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
/s/  Peter L. Lowe
Peter L. Lowe
 
Director
  March 14, 2008
         
/s/  John C. Metz
John C. Metz
 
Director
  March 14, 2008
         
/s/  D. Dewey Mitchell
D. Dewey Mitchell
 
Director
  March 14, 2008
         
/s/  Barry Morton
Barry Morton
 
Director
  March 14, 2008
         
/s/  Robert R. Parrish, Jr.
Robert R. Parrish, Jr.
 
Director
  March 14, 2008
         
/s/  Charles W. Roberts, III
Charles W. Roberts, III
 
Director
  March 14, 2008
         
/s/  C. Marvin Scott
C. Marvin Scott
 
Director
  March 14, 2008
         
/s/  James C. White, Sr.
James C. White, Sr.
 
Director
  March 14, 2008


120